PEPTIDE USED FOR IMMUNOTHERAPEUTICS

Information

  • Patent Application
  • 20240141009
  • Publication Number
    20240141009
  • Date Filed
    September 06, 2023
    a year ago
  • Date Published
    May 02, 2024
    7 months ago
Abstract
Provided is a peptide provided herein includes at least one peptide unit, and the peptide unit may include at least one B-cell epitope, at least one Th epitope, and an appropriate number of auxiliary parts. The peptide unit is a portion designed to uniformly induce only the intended antibody while exhibiting a certain level of immunogenicity in the body of a subject. In addition, the peptide unit is designed with a relatively short length, and thus has the characteristics of easy synthesis and a low production cost. The peptide has properties suitable for use as an immunotherapeutic due to the characteristics of the peptide unit described above. In the present specification, the design principles of the peptide and the peptide unit are disclosed in detail.
Description
INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE OF MATERIAL SUBMITTED ELECTRONICALLY

This application contains a Sequence Listing that has been filed electronically in the form of an XML file, created Aug. 25, 2023, and named “PYH-00903 SL.xml” and is 542 KBs in size, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.


TECHNICAL FIELD

The present disclosure relates to a peptide that is injected into the body of a subject to generate humoral immunity, which is a technology in the field of immunotherapeutics.


BACKGROUND ART

The purpose of an immunotherapeutic is to be introduced into the body of a subject to induce humoral immunity against the immunotherapeutic itself, and to thereby treat a specific illness or disease with the antibody produced as a result. In particular, the “treatment” also includes prevention of a specific illness or disease. Immunotherapeutics are similar to vaccines in that they induce antibody production through an antigen-antibody reaction in the body of a subject; however, they differ from vaccines in that the antibody has not only a binding ability to the immunotherapeutic itself, but also a binding ability to a specific target in the body (e.g., specific tissues and cells in the body, or substances generated in metabolic processes, etc.) thereby making it possible to treat a specific illness or disease, and administer repeatedly.


DISCLOSURE
Technical Problem

The present disclosure provides a peptide which has a function of inducing a pre-designed antibody in the body of a subject.


The present disclosure provides a composition for an immunotherapeutic including the peptide.


The present disclosure provides a nucleic acid sequence encoding the peptide.


The present disclosure provides uses of the peptide and a composition for an immunotherapeutic including the peptide.


Technical Solution

According to an aspect of the present disclosure, there is provided a peptide unit (a block of peptide) which is 23mer to 71mer in length, is recognized by CD4+ T-cells to induce a humoral immunity, and includes the following:

    • at least one Th epitope, wherein the length of the Th epitope is 8mer to 32mer; and
    • at least one B-cell epitope,
    • wherein the B-cell epitope is a fragment or a mimotope of apolipoprotein B-100, which can induce an antibody targets apolipoprotein B-100.


In an embodiment, the peptide unit has a length in the range of 26mer to 50mer, and the Th epitope has a length in the range of 11mer to 13mer.


In an embodiment, the peptide unit includes one B-cell epitope and one Th epitope, and the peptide unit has a length in the range of 26mer to 45mer.


In an embodiment, the peptide unit includes one B-cell epitope and two Th epitopes (which are each referred to as a first Th epitope and a second Th epitope); the peptide unit has a length in the range of 37mer to 50mer; and the first Th epitope is linked between the B-cell epitope and the second Th epitope.


In an embodiment, the peptide unit includes two B-cell epitopes (which are each referred to as a first B-cell epitope and a second B-cell epitope) and one Th epitope; the peptide unit has a length in the range of 45mer to 50mer; and the second B-cell epitope is linked between the first B-cell epitope and the Th epitope.


In an embodiment, the peptide unit includes two B-cell epitopes (which are each referred to as a first B-cell epitope and a second B-cell epitope) and one Th epitope; the peptide unit has a length in the range of 45mer to 50mer; and the Th epitope is linked between the first B-cell epitope and the second B-cell epitope.


The present disclosure provides a nucleic acid encoding the peptide unit, or a peptide that does not include a nonstandard amino acid among the peptides.


The present disclosure provides a peptide in which 2 or more and 5 or less peptide units are linked.


The present disclosure provides a pharmaceutical composition for treating obesity including the following: the peptide unit or the peptide; and adjuvants.


The present disclosure provides a method for treating obesity including the following: administering the pharmaceutical composition into the body of a subject.


The present disclosure provides a use of the peptide unit or the peptide for treating obesity.


The present disclosure provides a use of the peptide unit or the peptide for preparing a therapeutic for obesity.


Advantageous Effects of Invention

When the peptide provided in the present disclosure is injected into the body of a subject, the peptide has the effect of inducing the production of an antibody with a specific physiological function, which specifically binds to a previously designed antigenic site.





BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF DRAWINGS


FIG. 1, FIG. 2, and FIG. 3, which show the results of the peptide effect confirmation experiment according to Experimental Example 2, are graphs showing the measured changes in body weight per week according to each experimental group.



FIG. 4, which shows the results of the peptide effect confirmation experiment according to Experimental Example 3, is a graph showing the measured weight per week of age of a test subject for each experimental group, in which Lean denotes a control group with normal weight, Obesity denotes an obesity group induced by high-fat diet, Mock denotes a group administered with placebo, and 3H-OTP denotes Group 2-1.



FIG. 5, which shows the results of the peptide effect confirmation experiment according to Experimental Example 3, is a graph showing the measured antibody titer observed in a test subject for each experimental group, in which Obesity denotes an obesity group induced by high-fat diet, Mock denotes a group administered with placebo, and 3H-OTP denotes Group 2-1.



FIG. 6, which shows the results of the peptide effect confirmation experiment according to Experimental Example 3, is a graph showing the measured lipolysis ability of hormone sensitive lipase in adipocytes of a test subject for each experimental group, in which Basal denotes a case where norepinephrine was not treated and Hormone denotes a case where norepinephrine was treated, and Lean denotes a control group with normal weight, Obesity denotes an obesity group induced by high-fat diet, Mock denotes a group administered with placebo, and 3H-OTP denotes Group 2-1 ((a) concentration of glycerol secreted per 105 adipocytes. (b) concentration of glycerol secreted per one gram of adipocytes.



FIG. 7, which shows the results of the peptide effect confirmation experiment according to Experimental Example 3, is images showing the measured size of the adipocytes of a test subject for each experimental group, in which Lean denotes a control group with normal weight and Obese denotes an obesity group induced by high-fat diet (DAPI stained images, LipidTOX stained images, and Merge images are shown, respectively).



FIG. 8, which shows the results of the peptide effect confirmation experiment according to Experimental Example 3, is images showing the measured size of the adipocytes of a test subject for each experimental group (DAPI stained images of nuclei and lipids of adipocytes for each experimental group are shown), in which Lean denotes a control group with normal weight, Obese denotes an obesity group induced by high-fat diet, Mock denotes a group administered with placebo, and 3H-OTP denotes Group 2-1.



FIG. 9, which shows the results of the peptide effect confirmation experiment according to Experimental Example 3, is graphs showing the measured blood lipid concentration of a test subject for each experimental group, in which TG denotes triglyceride, NEFA denotes non-esterified fatty acid, CHOL denotes cholesterol, HDL denotes high-density lipoprotein, and LDL denotes low-density lipoprotein.



FIG. 10, which shows the results of the peptide effect confirmation experiment according to Experimental Example 4, is a graph showing the measured body weight per week of age of a test subject for each experimental group, in which Lean denotes a control group with normal weight, Obese denotes an obesity group induced by high-fat diet, Mock denotes a group administered with placebo, 3H-OTP 30 μg denotes Group 3-2, and 3H-OTP 50 μg denotes Group 3-1. For a reference purpose, a graph relating to 3H-OTP-2W 50 μg representing Group 2-1 is also shown.



FIG. 11, which shows the results of the peptide effect confirmation experiment according to Experimental Example 4, is a graph showing the measured antibody titer per week of age of a test subject for each experimental group, in which Lean denotes a control group with normal weight, Obese denotes an obesity group induced by high-fat diet, Mock denotes a group administered with placebo, 3H-OTP 30 μg denotes Group 3-2, and 3H-OTP 50 μg denotes Group 3-1.



FIG. 12, which shows the results of the peptide effect confirmation experiment according to Experimental Example 5, is a graph showing the measured body weight per week of age of a test subject for each experimental group, in which Lean denotes a control group with normal weight, Obese denotes an obesity group induced by high-fat diet, and 3H-OTP denotes Group 4-1.



FIG. 13, which shows the results of the peptide effect confirmation experiment according to Experimental Example 6, is graphs showing the increase of body weight at 16 weeks of age compared to that at 11 weeks of age, after measurement of the body weight per week of age of a test subject for each experimental group by age, in which Wild(+/+)-Lean denotes a control group with normal weight, Wild(+/+) denotes Group 5-1, Hetero(+/−) denotes Group 5-2, and Homo(−/−) denotes Group 5-3.



FIG. 14, FIG. 15, FIG. 16, FIG. 17, FIG. 18, FIG. 19, FIG. 20, FIG. 21, and FIG. 22, which show the results of the peptide effect confirmation experiment according to Experimental Example 7, and are graphs showing the measured body weight per week of age of a test subject in each experimental group, in which Lean denotes a control group with normal weight, Obese denotes an obesity group induced by high-fat diet, P1 denotes Group 6-1, P2 denotes Group 6-2, P3 denotes Group 6-3, P4 denotes Group 6-4, P5 denotes Group 6-5, P6 denotes Group 6-6, P7 denotes Group 6-7, P8 denotes Group 6-8, and P9 denotes Group 6-9.



FIGS. 23, FIG. 24, and FIG. 25, which show the results of the peptide effect confirmation experiment according to Experimental Example 7, and are tables describing the measured antibody titers at 11 weeks of age, 16 weeks of age, and 19 weeks of age of a test subject for each experimental group, in which Lean denotes a control group with normal weight, Obese denotes an obesity group induced by high-fat diet. P1 denotes Group 6-1, P2 denotes Group 6-2, P3 denotes Group 6-3, P4 denotes Group 6-4, P5 denotes Group 6-5, P6 denotes Group 6-6, P7 denotes Group 6-7, P8 denotes Group 6-8, and P9 denotes Group 6-9. In addition, the value identified by the label in the “No” column for each experimental group in each table denotes the experimental results of each individual subject in each experimental group, “ave” denotes the overall average, “sd” denotes the overall standard deviation, and “se” denotes the overall standard error.



FIG. 26 is a graph showing change in body weight of mice over time during the anti-obesity effect experiment of the peptide according to Experimental Example 11.



FIG. 27 is a graph comparing changes in body weight of mice by each group immediately before end of the experiment during the anti-obesity effect experiment of the peptide according to Experimental Example 11.



FIG. 28 is a graph showing change in body weight on the basis of Con(−) which is the negative control group, over time during the anti-obesity effect experiment of the peptide according to Experimental Example 11.



FIG. 29 is a graph comparing changes in body weight on the basis of Con(−) which is the negative control group, by each group immediately before end of the experiment during the anti-obesity effect experiment of the peptide according to Experimental Example 11.



FIG. 30 is a graph comparing whole body fat mass by each group immediately before end of the experiment during the anti-obesity effect experiment of the peptide according to Experimental Example 11.



FIG. 31 is a graph comparing weight of epididymal fat extracted from mice by each group after end of the experiment during the anti-obesity effect experiment of the peptide according to Experimental Example 11.



FIG. 32 is a graph comparing retroperitoneal fat extracted from mice by each group after end of the experiment during the anti-obesity effect experiment of the peptide according to Experimental Example 11.



FIG. 33 is a graph comparing lean body mass by each group immediately before end of the experiment during the anti-obesity effect experiment of the peptide according to Experimental Example 11.





DETAILED DESCRIPTION FOR CARRYING OUT THE INVENTION

Hereinafter, the presently disclosed subject matter now will be described in more detail in terms of some specific embodiments and examples with reference to the accompanying drawings. It should be noted that the accompanying drawings encompass some, but not all embodiments of the present disclosure. The presently disclosed subject matter may be embodied in many different forms and should not be construed as limited to the specific embodiments set forth herein. Rather, these embodiments are provided so that this disclosure will satisfy applicable legal requirements. Indeed, many modifications and other embodiments of the present disclosure will come to the mind of one skilled in the art to which the presently disclosed subject matter pertains. Therefore, it is to be understood that the presently disclosed subject matter is not to be limited to the specific embodiments disclosed and that modifications and other embodiments are intended to be included within the scope of the appended claims.


Definitions of General Terms
About

As used herein, the term “about” refers to a degree close to a certain quantity, and it refers to an amount, level, value, number, frequency, percent, dimension, size, amount, weight, or length that varies by to the extent of 30%, 25%, 20%, 15%, 10%, 9%, 8%, 7%, 6%, 5%, 4%, 3%, 2%, 1%, or 0% with respect to a reference amount, level, value, number, frequency, percentage, dimension, size, amount, weight, or length.


Peptide

As used herein, the term “peptide” refers to a polymer of amino acids. The term peptide refers to a form in which a small number of amino acids are linked, and is mainly used to distinguish it from a protein. There is no clear standard for distinguishing proteins from peptides, but as used herein, while about 200 amino acid polymers are referred to as peptides, those more than that are referred to as proteins, unless otherwise defined. The term “peptide” may include all other meanings recognized by those skilled in the art,


Subject

As used herein, the term “subject” refers to an organism that is an object exposed to a specific substance (e.g., peptide, etc.). The subject may refer to an independent organism (e.g., a human, animal, etc.) or may refer to a partial constitution of the independent organism (e.g., a part of a tissue, cell, etc.). This meaning may be appropriately interpreted according to the context. In addition, the term “subject” may further include all meanings recognized by those skilled in the art.


Immunotherapeutics

As used herein, the term “immunotherapeutics” is a concept distinguished from general therapeutics or vaccines. The immunotherapeutics are the same as existing vaccines in that they are injected into the body of a subject to induce a humoral immune response against the immunotherapeutics themselves. However, immunotherapeutics differ from existing vaccines in that the antibodies, which are induced as a result of the humoral immune response, have an ability being able to bind not only to the immunotherapeutics themselves, but also to specific tissues and cells in the body (e.g., receptors on the cell surface) or specific substances (e.g., peptides, lipids, proteins, and/or saccharides) produced during metabolism; thereby they can treat a specific illness or disease, and they can be administered continuously and repeatedly. Accordingly, the immunotherapeutics generally include antigens designed to induce antibodies having an ability to bind with a specific target tissue, cell, or substance in the body. Unless otherwise defined, the term “immunotherapeutics” is interpreted to include all antigens that can be appropriately used by those skilled in the art (e.g., peptides, proteins, lipids, saccharides, and/or complexes thereof, etc.) having the above-described functions. The term “immunotherapeutics” may be more limitedly referred to as “humoral-immunotherapeutics”. In addition, the term “immunotherapeutics” may include all meanings recognized by those skilled in the art.


Treatment or Therapeutics

As used herein, the term “treatment” collectively refers to any direct or indirect action or measure to eliminate, alleviate, reduce, inhibit, or improve the disease, illness, disorder, and/or symptoms of a subject, or any direct or indirect action or measure to induce the results of preventing the disease, illness, disorder, and/or symptoms. As used herein, the term “therapeutics” refers to various substances (e.g., compounds or peptides) that can exhibit the “treatment” effect when administered in an appropriate way to a subject. In addition, the term “treatment” or “therapeutics” may include all other meanings recognized by those skilled in the art.


Immunogenicity

As used herein, the term “immunogenicity” collectively refers to “the property of acting as an antigen capable of inducing an immune response” in the dictionary. There are various methods for measuring the immunogenicity of a specific antigen, and the methods may be appropriately adopted or designed according to the purpose. For example, the methods may include 1) a method for confirming whether IgG, IgA, and/or IgE type antibodies are generated in the body of a subject when the antigen is administered into the body of the subject, 2) a method for confirming the time when the IgG, IgA, and/or IgE type antibodies are generated depending on the administration cycle, 3) a method for confirming the titer of the induced antibodies to the antigen, and 4) when the mechanism of action of the induced antibodies is found, a method for measuring the effect according to the mechanism of action, but the methods are not limited thereto. The expression “increase of immunogenicity” may be used interchangeably with, for example, “increase of the effect of inducing an immune response”, “improvement of the ability to induce antibodies”, and “increase of the effectiveness as an immunotherapeutic”, and it includes all of the expressions which those skilled in the art can properly interpret according to the context.


Mer

As used herein, the term “mer” generally refers to the number of units in a high molecular weight polymer. As used herein, the term “mer” is generally expressed as “peptide with a length of an N mer” along % with a number when expressing the length of a peptide, which refers to a peptide in which a N number of amino acids are polymerized. The unit indicated by the expression “mer” should be properly interpreted within the context, and it includes all other meanings that can be recognized by those skilled in the art.


Standard Amino Acid

As used herein, the term “standard amino acid” refers to 20 amino acids synthesized through the transcription and translation processes of genes in the body of an organism. Specifically, the standard amino acid includes alanine (Ala, A), arginine (Arg, R), asparagine (Asn, N), aspartic acid (Asp, D), cysteine (Cys, C), glutamic acid (Glu. E), glutamine (Gin, Q), glycine (Gly, G), histidine (His, H), isoleucine (Ile, I), leucine (Leu, L), lysine (Lys K), methionine (Met, M), phenylalanine (Phe, F), proline (Pro, P), serine (Ser, S), threonine (Thr, T), tryptophan (Trp, W), tyrosine (Tyr, Y), and valine (Val, V). The standard amino acid has a corresponding DNA codon and can be represented by a general one-letter or three-letter notation of an amino acid. The subjects being referred to by the term standard amino acid should be appropriately interpreted according to the context, and they include all other meanings that can be recognized by those skilled in the art.


Nonstandard Amino Acid

As used herein, the term “nonstandard amino acid” refers to an amino acid other than the standard amino acid. The nonstandard amino acid includes artificial and unnatural amino acids, and it includes those amino acids which are chemically modified through posttranslational modification within an organism, etc. The nonstandard amino acid includes, for example, D-form alanine, L-cyclohexylalanine, 6-aminohexanoic acid, etc. Since the nonstandard amino acid does not have a corresponding DNA codon, it cannot be represented by a general one-letter or three-letter notation of an amino acid, and it is written using other characters and explained via additional explanation. The subjects being referred to by the term nonstandard amino acids should be appropriately interpreted according to the context, and they include all other meanings that can be recognized by those skilled in the art.


Description of Peptide Sequence

Unless otherwise stated, when describing the sequence of a peptide in the present specification, single letter notation or three letter notation of an amino acid is used, and it is written in the direction from the N-terminus to the C-terminus. For example, when expressed as RNVP, it refers to a peptide in which arginine, asparagine, valine, and proline are sequentially linked in the direction from the N-terminus to the C-terminus. For another example, when expressed as Thr-Leu-Lys, it refers to a peptide in which threonine, leucine, and lysine are sequentially linked in the direction from the N-terminus to the C-terminus. In the case of amino acids that cannot be represented by the one-letter notation, other letters are used to describe these amino acids, and will be explained via additional explanation.


When expressing a peptide as a structural formula, N- and —C may be used to clearly indicate the N-terminus or C-terminus, and may be underlined so as to distinguish the N-terminus and/or C-terminus. For example, when the structural formula of a peptide is expressed as N-B-T-A-C, “N-” written at the beginning and “-C” written at the end are symbols to clarify the N-terminus and C-terminus directions unless otherwise specified. This refers to a peptide in which the sequences represented by B, T, and A are linked in the direction from the N-terminus to the C-terminus.


Background—Humoral Immunity
Humoral Immunity by Immunoglobulin M (IgM)

Among humoral immunities, an IgM-induced immune response is an innate immune function which is mainly active in the primary immune response, and it occurs rapidly in the early stages of infection. IgM is mainly secreted in the form of a pentamer, and theoretically has 10 antigen-binding sites, and thus, it can bind to a large number of antigens simultaneously. Although IgM can bind to a wide variety of types and forms of antigens and, the affinity and avidity of the binding are limited by the intrinsic affinity of IgM itself. Therefore, the affinity and avidity of IgM to an antigen are significantly lower than those of an antibody, such as IgG generated by the aid of helper T cells.


Limitations of Humoral Immunity by IgM

Although IgM-induced humoral immunity plays an important role in the initial immune response, the effect relying on humoral immunity by IgM is limited because 1) the production of IgM produced by B cells is low compared to those of other types of antibodies (e.g., IgG produced by differentiated B cells, etc.), 2) the specific binding ability of IgM to an antigen is low compared to that of IgG, and 3) the degree of a secondary immune response is weak when re-exposed to the same antigen. Therefore, from the viewpoint of designing an antigen that induces an immune response, in the case where the antigen injected into the body of a subject induces only a humoral immunity by IgM, it is highly likely that the desired effect will not be obtained. Therefore, it is very important to design an antigen so as to induce a humoral immunity by IgG.


Humoral Immunity by Immunoglobulin G (IgG) 1—Overview

The humoral immunity that produces IgG mainly occurs in the germinal center of the spleen or lymph node, and it proceeds by the complex action of B cells, helper T cells, and antigen-presenting cells (APCs). The overall process is as follows. 1) B cells recognize invading antigens (mainly proteins or peptide antigens). 2) After the antigen-presenting cells endocytose the antigens (or fragments thereof) and cut them into smaller fragments within the cells, and present some of the fragments to MHC Class II on the surface of the antigen-presenting cells. 3) Helper T cells recognize the antigen fragments presented to the MHC Class II. 4) The helper T cells transmit a differentiation signal to the B cells (antigen-recognized cells). 5) The B cells are activated and some differentiate into plasma cells to produce an IgG antibody having a high specific binding ability to the antigens. 6) As a result of the activation of the B cells, some cells differentiate into memory B cells and are stored in the body so that they can trigger an immune response that quickly produces an IgG antigen when the same antigens re-invade.


Humoral Immunity by IgG 2—Antigen-Recognized Cells

Antigen-presenting cells are a collective term for cells which are capable of endocytosing protein fragments or peptides, cleaving them into shorter peptide fragments, placing them on MHC Class II, and presenting them on the surface of the antigen-presenting cells. Major antigen-presenting cells include B cells, macrophages, dendritic cells, etc. Antigen-presenting cells transport the endocytosed antigen fragments from the site of infection to the lymph node, and present the antigen fragments to helper T cells by MHC Class II, and thereby play a role in inducing an immune response by activating helper T cells that recognize the same.


Humoral Immunity by IgG 3—MHC Class II

MHC Class II is a molecule expressed on the surface of antigen-presenting cells and has a heterodimer structure consisting of a/si chains. MHC Class II, due to its structure, can bind to a peptide of a certain length and present the same. Antigen-presenting cells allow peptide fragments derived from foreign antigens to bind to MHC Class II and present them on the cell surface. HLA gene complexes (human leukocyte antigen gene complexes) are involved in the expression of MHC Class II in humans, and among them, gene complexes such as HLA-DP, DQ, DR, etc. are known to be involved in the expression of MHC Class II cell surface receptors on the surface of antigen-presenting cells. In humans, the HLA-DR gene is known to have various alleles according to race, and about 12 types of HLA-DR genes are known as the most frequently found alleles.


Humoral Immunity by IgG 4—MHC Class II Presentation by Antigen Presenting Cells

Although there is a slight difference between the literatures, the length of the peptide presented in MHC Class II is known to be in the range of about a 17mer to about a 24mer. Therefore, antigen-presenting cells do not present the endocytosed antigen proteins or peptide fragments on MHC Class II as they are, but they undergo a process of cleavage making them into smaller fragments of 17mers to 24mers. The antigen fragments (proteins or peptide fragments) endocytosed by the antigen-presenting cells are present in the endosome, and the endosome is fused with the lysosome of the antigen-presenting cells. Thereafter, the antigen fragments are cleaved into shorter peptides by various kinds of degrading enzymes present in the lysosome. Examples of the degrading enzymes include endopeptidases and exopeptidases. While endopeptidases act to cleave the antigen fragments by acting on the peptide bond inside the antigen fragments, exopeptidases mainly act to cleave the antigen fragments by acting on peptide bonds at both ends of the antigen fragments. When the antigen fragments are cleaved into peptides of an appropriate size through the above process, some of them are bound to MHC Class II present in the inner membrane of the lysosome. The lysosome returns to the cell surface and fuses with the cell's plasma membrane, and thereby MHC Class II and the peptide fragments bound thereto are exposed on the surface of antigen-presenting cells. This whole process is also called “the process by which antigen-presenting cells present antigens”.


Humoral Immunity by IgG 5—Helper T Cell

Helper T lymphocytes are also known as CD4+ cells because they express CD4. Helper T cells express T cell receptors (TCRs) which have the ability to bind to MHC Class II on the surface. The T cell receptors generally form a complex with CD3. When antigens (e.g., peptide fragments) transported by antigen-presenting cells to lymph nodes are presented through MHC Class II, helper T cells recognize the antigen fragments presented above. The T cell receptor-CD3 complex and CD4 are involved in this recognition process. When the helper T cells successfully recognize the antigen fragments, they are activated to secrete various cytokines or differentiate themselves. The secreted cytokines are involved in the differentiation of B cells, which will be described later.


Humoral Immunity by IgG 6—B Cell Differentiation

Under the influence of the cytokines (e.g., interleukin-4 (IL-4), etc.) secreted by helper T cells, there occurs an immunoglobulin class switching of the B cells, thereby changing the isotypes of the antibodies produced by the B cells (e.g., from IgM to IgG). In addition, some of the B cells are differentiated into memory B cells and stored so as to induce a rapid immune response when the same antigens invade again, and some are differentiated into plasma cells and actively produce IgG antibodies.


Humoral Immunity by IgG 7—Conditions for IgG Production

For the occurrence of a humoral immunity by IgG, it is essential that 1) a specific three-dimensional structure of an antigen be recognized by B cells, and 2) some fragments of the antigen be recognized by helper T cells through MHC Class II. In general, although the part of an antigen recognized by B cells and the part of an antigen recognized by helper T cells are different from each other, and they activate an immune response through pathways different from each other, it is generally known that the immune response occurs only when the part recognized by B cells (B-cell epitope) and the part recognized by helper T cells (h epitope) have at least a certain linkage. For example, the B-cell epitope and the Th epitope may be included in one molecule, form a conjugate, or have other linkages.


Limitations of Prior Art

Things to Consider in Designing Peptides that can be Used as Immunotherapeutics


As described above, immunotherapeutics are required due to their characteristics that 1) they be able to stably induce an immune response in the body of a subject, 2) they be able to minimize side effects by uniformly inducing only the intended antibody in the body of a subject; and 3) for their commercialization, they be easily synthesized and their production cost be reasonable. Therefore, in designing a peptide that can be used as an immunotherapeutic, the following three conditions should be essentially considered: 1) the peptide should exhibit a certain level of immunogenicity, 2) the peptide should trigger an immune response in the body of a subject that uniformly induces antigen recognition specificity of the antibody intended in advance, the isotype that controls physiological functions of the antibody, etc., and 3) the peptide should be easy to synthesize in consideration of economic feasibility.


Limitations of Prior Art

As disclosed in previously filed patent application U.S. Ser. No. 10/378,707 and PCT/KR2005/000784, and Kim et al. (2016. An apolipoprotein B100 mimotope prevents obesity in mice, Clinical Science 130, 105-116), it is known that antibodies specific to an artificially produced peptide with a specific sequence can also bind to an exposed site of the ApoB-100 protein in an LDL molecule, and thereby it can function as immunotherapeutics. Using such a characteristic, immunotherapeutics including the peptide were designed and are disclosed in the above patent applications, etc. However, the prior art was mainly focused on improving the immunogenicity of the peptide, for example, 1) preparing a long continuous identical sequence (concatemer) of the peptide, 2) designing an immunotherapeutic by linking a helper T cell epitope (that is sufficiently long at a protein level) to the concatemer, etc. Accordingly, conventionally designed immunotherapeutics had limitations in that 1) various types of antibodies were induced and the uniformity was decreased due to the presence of various epitopes (antigenic determinants), and 2) the economic feasibility was low due to their high production cost.


Necessity for Establishment of Method for Peptide Design

As for the peptides for use as immunotherapeutics, no principle has been established with regard to 1) uniform induction of only the intended immune response and 2) design of a peptide that is easy to synthesize and has a low production cost. Accordingly, in the present specification, technical matters to be considered in the design of peptides for use as immunotherapeutics and methods for designing the same will be provided.


A Peptide
Peptide Overview

The peptides provided herein include at least one peptide unit (a block of peptide). The peptide unit includes at least one B-cell epitope, at least one Th epitope, and an appropriate number of auxiliary parts. In an embodiment, the peptide may include one peptide unit. In another embodiment, the peptide may include two or more peptide units.


Characteristic of Peptide 1—a Peptide Unit is Included

The peptide unit is a part designed 1) to exhibit immunogenicity beyond a certain level, and 2) to uniformly induce only the intended antibody in advance. Therefore, the peptide unit provided herein has properties suitable for use as an immunotherapeutic.


Characteristic of Peptide 2—Relatively Short Length of Peptide Unit

Since the peptide unit is designed with a relatively short length, it is easy to synthesize and the production cost is low. The peptide is designed using a peptide unit as a component thereof, and specifically, it is designed in a form in which one or more of the peptide units are linked. When the peptide includes only a small number of the peptide units, the overall peptide length is short, thus having the advantage of easy synthesis. Even when the peptide has a relatively long sequence including a plurality of peptide units, the peptide unit itself is well designed for easy synthesis, and thus, it is possible to prepare the peptide in such a manner by synthesizing the peptide units in parallel and then linking these peptide units. As a result, the peptide provided herein has a characteristic of being easy to synthesize, which is the characteristic suitable for the use of the peptide as an immunotherapeutic, in addition to the characteristics of the peptide unit described above.


Functions of Peptide

When the peptide is injected into the body of a subject, it has a function of uniformly inducing only antibodies capable of specifically binding to the B-cell epitope included in the peptide.


B-Cell Epitope
Definition of B-Cell Epitope

The peptides provided herein include one or more B-cell epitopes. As used herein, the term B-cell epitope refers to a unit of peptide that is intentionally designed to induce a homogeneous antibody of one type. Therefore, when the peptide including the B-cell epitope is injected into the body of a subject, it results in that one type of antibody is dominantly induced per type of a B-cell epitope.


Structure of B-Cell Epitope

The B-cell epitope includes a part for forming a three-dimensional structure and an adjacent part thereof. The part for forming a three-dimensional structure is the part that forms a peptide with a higher order structure, and this part is designed so that B cells can recognize the peptide with a higher order structure and produce an antibody that can specifically bind to the same. The adjacent part is a part which directly or indirectly influences the part for forming a three-dimensional structure to stably form a higher order structure. Specifically, the adjacent part may have functions such as 1) a function of the part for forming a three-dimensional structure to form a specific structure, 2) a linker function that does not affect the part for forming a three-dimensional structure when the B-cell epitope is linked to another part within a peptide unit, 3) a function of protecting the part for forming a three-dimensional structure, etc., but their functions are not limited thereto. In an embodiment, the B-cell epitope may have a sequence in which a first part for forming a three-dimensional structure and a first adjacent part thereof is linked in order from the N-terminus to the C-terminus. In another embodiment, the B-cell epitope may have a sequence in which a second adjacent part, a second part for forming a three-dimensional structure, and a third adjacent part are sequentially linked in order from the N-terminus to the C-terminus. In still another embodiment, the B-cell epitope may have a sequence in which a third part for forming a three-dimensional structure and a fourth adjacent part are sequentially linked in order from the N-terminus to the C-terminus.


Design of B-Cell Epitope 1—Designing of Part for Forming Three-Dimensional Structure

The B-cell epitope should be able to uniformly induce the production of antibodies capable of recognizing the three-dimensional structure of B cells and specifically binding thereto. The three-dimensional structure recognized by B cells can be expressed through an appropriate peptide with a higher order structure. Therefore, the B-cell epitope is designed to include a part for forming a three-dimensional structure that forms a peptide with a higher order structure. The part for forming a three-dimensional structure may form an intended peptide with a higher order structure depending on the purpose. In an embodiment, the part for forming a three-dimensional structure may include an α-helix structure. In another embodiment, the part for forming a three-dimensional structure may include a β structure. Instill another embodiment, the part for forming a three-dimensional structure may include α-helix and/or β structures. In another embodiment, the part for forming a three-dimensional structure may include a peptide with a tertiary structure. In still another embodiment, the part for forming a three-dimensional structure may include a peptide with a quaternary structure.


Design of B-Cell Epitope 2—Adjacent Part

When designing the B-cell epitope, it is not essential that all sequences form a peptide with a higher order structure. In other words, the B-cell epitope may be designed to additionally include an adjacent part, in addition to the part for forming a three-dimensional structure. The adjacent part may affect the part for forming a three-dimensional structure so that it stably forms a higher order structure. The adjacent part may perform various other functions, and its role may overlap with that of an auxiliary part. In an embodiment, the adjacent part may have a linker function. In another embodiment, the adjacent part may have a protective function for the part for forming a three-dimensional structure. In still another embodiment, the adjacent part may have one or more functions.


Length of B-Cell Epitope

The B-cell epitope should have 1) a size large enough to be recognized by B cells and 2) one type or a very few types of antibodies that specifically binds to the B-cell epitope. The length of the B-cell epitope should be limited to an appropriate level. When the length of the B-cell epitope is too short, it is not recognized by B cells and thus does not have an antibody inducing ability, whereas when the length of the B-cell epitope is too long, various types of antibodies may be induced, which deviates from the intended purpose. In an embodiment, the length of the B-cell epitope may be about 8mer, about 9mer, about 10 mer, about 11 mer, about 12mer, about 13mer, about 14mer, about 15mer, about 16mer, about 17mer, about 18mer, about 20mer, about 21mer, about 22mer, about 23mer, about 24mer, about 25mer, about 26mer, about 27mer, about 28mer, about 29mer, or about 30mer.


In another embodiment, the length of the B-cell epitope may have a value within the two numerical ranges selected in the immediately preceding sentence.


Embodiments of B-Cell Epitope

In an embodiment, the B-cell epitope may be one that induces an antibody targeting apolipoprotein B-100. In another embodiment, the B-cell epitope may be a fragment of apolipoprotein B-100, and/or a mimotope of apolipoprotein B-100. In still another embodiment, the B-cell epitope is characterized in that it induces an antibody that targets a site selected from the following: an externally exposed site of apolipoprotein B-100 included in low-density lipoprotein (LDL); and an externally exposed site of apolipoprotein B-100 included in very low-density lipoprotein (VLDL).


Embodiments of Sequences of B-Cell Epitope

In an embodiment, the B-cell epitope is a peptide includes a sequence selected from a group consisting of RNVPPIFNDVYWIAF(SEQ ID NO: 6), CRFRGLISLSQVYLS(SEQ ID NO: 7), KTTKQSFDLSVKAQYKKNKH(SEQ ID NO: 8), RNVPPIFNDVY(SEQ ID NO: 9), CRFRGLISLSQ(SEQ ID NO: 10), KTTKQSFDLSVK(SEQ ID NO: 11), RNVPPIFNDVYW(SEQ ID NO: 12), CRFRGLISLSQV(SEQ ID NO: 13), KTTKQSFDLSVKAQYKK(SEQ ID NO: 14), RNVPPIFNDVYWI(SEQ ID NO: 15), CRFRGLISLSQVY(SEQ ID NO: 16), KTTKQSFDLSVKAQYKKN(SEQ ID NO: 17), PIFNDVYWIAF(SEQ ID NO: 18), GLISLSQVYLS(SEQ ID NO: 19), QSFDLSVKAQYKKNKH(SEQ ID NO: 20), PPIFNDVYWIAF(SEQ ID NO: 21), RGLISLSQVYLS(SEQ ID NO: 22), KQSFDLSVKAQYKKNKH(SEQ ID NO: 23), VPPIFNDVYWIAF(SEQ ID NO: 24), FRGLISLSQVYLS(SEQ ID NO: 25), TKQSFDLSVKAQYKKNKH(SEQ ID NO: 26), NVPPIFNDVYWIA(SEQ ID NO: 27), RFRGLISLSQVYL(SEQ ID NO: 28), TKQSFDLSVKAQYKKN(SEQ ID NO: 29), VPPIFNDVYWI(SEQ ID NO: 30), FRGLISLSQVY(SEQ ID NO: 31), TKQSFDLSVKAQYKKN(SEQ ID NO: 32), PPIFNDVYW(SEQ ID NO: 33), RGLISLSQV(SEQ ID NO: 34), KQSFDLSVKAQYKK(SEQ ID NO: 35), RFRGLISLSQVYLDP(SEQ ID NO: 221), custom-character SVCGCPVGHHDVVGL(SEQ ID NO: 222).


In another embodiment, the B-cell epitope may be a peptide which includes an epitope that is included in a peptide selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOS: 6 to 35 and 221 to 222.


Sequences Similar to Exemplary Sequences of B-Cell Epitope

In the present specification, sequences similar to the exemplary sequences of the B-cell epitope are disclosed. In an embodiment, the B-cell epitope may have a sequence having an identity of 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100%, to those sequences selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOS: 6 to 34 and SEQ ID NO: 221 to 222. In another embodiment, the B-cell epitope may be a sequence that matches the selected sequence by more than a value selected in the immediately preceding sentence. For example, the B-cell epitope may have a sequence that is 90% or more identical to SEQ ID NO: 6.


Th Epitope
Definition of Th Epitope

The Th epitope included in the peptide provided herein refers to a part which is designed such that after the peptide is endocytosed by antigen-presenting cells, it binds to MHC Class II, is presented on the surface of the antigen-presenting cell, and functions to be recognized by helper T cells (Th, helper-T-lymphocytes), in the process of being presented on the surface of the antigen-presenting cells by MHC Class II. The process of presenting antigens in which antigen-presenting cells process the endocytosed peptide and allow it to bind to MHC Class II was described previously. In other words, the Th epitope is a part that plays a role to be recognized by helper T cells when the peptide is injected into the body of a subject; therefore, it plays a direct role in inducing an IgG-type antibody against the peptide.


Design of Th Epitope 1—Anchor Residue

The Th epitope is designed to have an anchor residue capable of binding to MHC Class II in its sequence. Whether an anchor residue is included in the sequence is an important factor that affects the function of the Th epitope. In an embodiment, the Th epitope may include as anchor residues one or more amino acids selected from the group consisting of tyrosine (Y), phenylalanine (F), tryptophan (W), arginine (R), leucine (L), valine (V), isoleucine (I), and methionine (M).


Design of Th Epitope 2—Species-Specific Th Epitope

As the Th epitope, a Th epitope having an ability to bind to MHC Class II of a certain species may be selected according to its purpose. In an embodiment, the Th epitope may be a Th epitope having the ability to bind to human MHC Class II. In another embodiment, the Th epitope may be a Th epitope having the ability to bind to MHC Class II of a species belonging to a mammal. Specifically, the Th epitope may be a Th epitope having the ability to bind to MHC Class II of a mouse.


Design of Th Epitope 3—Gene-Specific Th Epitope

Due to the diverse traits of HLA gene complex, the structure of MHC Class II may vary between races and individuals. Accordingly, it is possible to design a Th epitope having an ability to bind to HLA-DP, HLA-DQ, and/or HLA-DR, which are MHC Class II molecules of a specific genetic trait. In an embodiment, the Th epitope may be a peptide sequence, which has a high binding ability to MHC Class II expressed by one or more HLA-DR genes selected from 2w2b, 2w2a, 3, 4w4, 4w14, 5, 7, 52a, 52b, 52c, and 53, which are HLA-DR1 alleles.


In an embodiment, the Th epitope may be a peptide sequence, which has a high binding ability to MHC Class II expressed by one or more genes selected from HLA-DQ5, HLA-DR, HLA-DR1 to HLA-DR8, HLA-DR11, HLA-DR13, HLA-DR14, HLA-DRw52, HLA-DR2w15, HLA-DPw4, each subtype of HLA-DRB1 (e.g., 0301, 01, 03, 04, 07, 08, 09, 11, 12, 13, 15, and 0301), and HLA-DRB5.


In another embodiment, the Th epitope may be a sequence named HA307-312 disclosed in Cara C. Wilson et al. (2001, Identification and Antigenicity of Broadly Cross-Reactive and Conserved Human Immunodeficiency Virus Type 1-Derived Helper T-Lymphocyte Epitopes, Journal of Virology, 75(9) 4195-4207).


In still another embodiment, the Th epitope may be one of the HLA Class II restricted epitopes disclosed in Table 2 of Christopher P Desmond et al. (2008, A systematic review of T-cell epitopes in hepatitis B virus: identification, genotypic variation and relevance to antiviral therapeutics, Antiviral Therapy 13:161-175).


Design of Th Epitope 4—Gene-Nonspecific Th Epitope

Irrespective of the traits of the HLA gene complex, Th epitopes having an ability to bind to various MHC Class II are known, and it is possible to design a Th epitope that can bind to various MHC Class II regardless of genetic traits. In an embodiment, the Th epitope may be a sequence named “pan DR-binding peptide” disclosed in the U.S. patent application Ser. No. 08/305,871.


Design of Th Epitope 5—Excluding Possibility Acting as B-Cell Epitope

The Th epitope is designed to be presented by MHC Class II of antigen-presenting cells and recognized by helper T cells. Therefore, the Th epitope generally has a very high binding capacity to MHC Class II, and thus, the probability that the Th epitope may act as a B-Cell epitope is very low. In other words, the Th epitope is designed such that it does not induce an antibody which specifically binds to the three-dimensional structure of the Th epitope itself.


Design of Length of Th Epitope

The Th epitope should be designed to have an appropriate length so that it can bind to one unit of MHC Class II. It is generally known that one unit of Th epitope that can directly bind to MHC Class II is at a length of about a 30mer (Abbas, A. K., Lichtman, A. H. and Pillai, S. Cellular and molecular immunology (pp 124-126), 7th Ed. (2012) Philadelphia PA, Elsevier Saunder, etc.). In addition, 1) when the length of the Th epitope becomes too short, there is a risk for the Th epitope to lose the ability to bind to MHC Class II, whereas 2) when the length of the Th epitope is too long, there is a room for the Th epitope to act independently as a B-cell epitope, thus deviating from the intended purpose. Therefore, it is necessary to design a Th epitope with an appropriate length.


Range of Length of Th Epitope


In an embodiment, the length of Th epitope may be 7mer, 8mer, 9mer, 10mer, 11 mer, 12mer, 13mer, 14mer, 15mer, 16mer, 17mer, 18mer, 19mer, 20mer, 21mer, 22mer, 23mer, 24mer, 25mer, 26mer, 27mer, 28mer, 29mer, 30mer, 31mer, 32mer, or 33mer. In another embodiment, the length of Th epitope may have a value within the two numerical ranges selected in the immediately preceding sentence. For example, the length of Th epitope may be in the range of 8mer to 32mer. For another example, the length of Th epitope may be in the range of 11 mer to 13mer.


Embodiments of Th Epitope—Design of PADRE

In an embodiment, the Th epitope may be a peptide named “pan DR-binding peptide” disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 305,871. In another embodiment, the Th epitope may be one of the peptides disclosed in Tables VIII A and IX of U.S. Pat. No. 6,413,935 B1. In still another embodiment, the Th epitope may have a peptide sequence satisfying the following structural Formula I:











[Formula I]




N-Lys-X1-X2-Ala-Ala-X3-Thr-X4-X5-Ala-Ala-C







in which the X1 may be tyrosine (Tyr), phenylalanine (Phe), or L-cyclohexylalanine, but the X1 is not limited thereto.


The X2 may be a hydrophobic amino acid, or may be leucine (Leu) or isoleucine (lie), but the X2 is not limited thereto.


The X3 may be an aromatic or cyclic amino acid, or may be phenylalanine (Phe), tyrosine (Tyr), or histidine (His), but the X3 is not limited thereto.


The X4 may be an aliphatic long chain amino acid, or may be isoleucine (Ile) or valine (Val), but the X4 is not limited thereto.


X5 may be a charged amino acid, or may be arginine (Arg), leucine (Leu), aspartic acid (Asp), glutamine (Gin), or glycine (Gly), but the X5 is not limited thereto.


In an embodiment, the Th epitope may have a peptide sequence satisfying the following structural Formula II:











[Formula II]




N-X1-X2-Val-X3-Ala-X4-Thr-Leu-Lys-Ala-Ala-C









    • in which the X1 is lysine (Lys) or arginine (Arg),

    • the X2 is tyrosine (Tyr), phenylalanine (Phe), or L-cyclohexylalanine,

    • the X3 is lysine (Lys), tryptophan (Trp), tyrosine (Tyr), arginine (Arg), alanine (Ala), or methionine (Met), and

    • the X4 is asparagine (Asn), tryptophan (Trp), tyrosine (Tyr), valine (Val), histidine (His), lysine (Lys), or alanine (Ala).





Embodiments of Sequences of Th Epitope

In an embodiment, the Th epitope may be selected from a group consist of K(Cha)VAAWTLKAA(SEQ ID NO: 1), PKYVKQNTLKLAT(SEQ ID NO: 2), ILMQYIKANSKFIGI(SEQ ID NO: 3), QSIALSSLMVAQAIP(SEQ ID NO: 4), ILMQYIKANSKFIGIPMGLPQSIALSSLMVAQ(SEQ ID NO: 5), PLGFFPDHQL(SEQ ID NO: 162), WPEANQVGAGAFGPGF(SEQ ID NO: 163), MQWNSTALHQALQDP(SEQ ID NO: 164), MQWNSTTFHQTLQDPRVRGLYFPAGG(SEQ ID NO: 165), FFLLTRILTI(SEQ ID NO: 166), FFLLTRILTIPQSLD(SEQ ID NO: 167), TSLNFLGGTTVCLGQ(SEQ ID NO: 168), 17 QSPTSNHSPTSCPPIC(SEQ ID NO: 169), IIFLFILLLCLIFLLVLLD(SEQ ID NO: 170), CTTPAQGNSMFPSC(SEQ ID NO: 171), CTKPTDGN(SEQ ID NO: 172), WASVRFSW(SEQ ID NO: 173), LLPIFFCLW(SEQ ID NO: 174), MDIDPYKEFGATVELLSFLP(SEQ ID NO: 175), FLPSDFFPSV(SEQ ID NO: 176), RDLLDTASALYREALESPEH(SEQ ID NO: 177), PHHTALRQAILCWGELMTLA(SEQ ID NO: 178), GRETVIEYLVSFGVW(SEQ ID NO: 179), EYLVSFGVWIRTPPA(SEQ ID NO: 180), VSFGVWIRTPPAYRPPNAPI(SEQ ID NO: 181), TVVRRRGRSP(SEQ ID NO: 182), VGPLTVNEKRRLKLI(SEQ ID NO: 183), RHYLHTLWKAGILYK(SEQ ID NO: 184), ESRLVVDFSQFSRGN(SEQ ID NO: 185), LQSLTNLLSSNLSWL(SEQ ID NO: 186). SSNLSWLSLDVSAAF(SEQ ID NO: 187), LHLYSHPIILGFRKI(SEQ ID NO: 188), KQCFRKLPVNRPIDW(SEQ ID NO: 189), LCQVFADATPTGWGL(SEQ ID NO: 190), AANWILRGTSFVYVP(SEQ ID NO: 191), EIRLKVFVLGGCRHK(SEQ ID NO: 192), KFVAAWTLKAA(SEQ ID NO: 195), KYVAAWTLKAA(SEQ ID NO: 196), DIEKKIAKMEKASSVFNVVNS(SEQ ID NO: 223), YSGPLKAEIAQRLEDV(SEQ ID NO: 224), K(Cha)VKANTLKAA(SEQ ID NO: 225), K(Cha)VKANTLKAA(SEQ ID NO: 226), K(Cha)VKAWTLKAA(SEQ ID NO: 227), K(Cha)VKAWTLKAA(SEQ ID NO: 228), K(Cha)VWANTLKAA(SEQ ID NO: 229), K(Cha)VWANTLKAA(SEQ ID NO: 230), K(Cha)VWAYTLKAA(SEQ ID NO: 231), K(Cha)VWAVTLKAA(SEQ ID NO: 232), K(Cha)VYAWTLKAA(SEQ ID NO: 233), K(Cha)VYAWTLKAA(SEQ ID NO: 234), R(Cha)VRANTLKAA(SEQ ID NO: 235), K(Cha)VKAHTLKAA(SEQ ID NO: 236), K(Cha)VKAHTLKAA(SEQ ID NO: 237), K(Cha)VAANTLKAA(SEQ ID NO: 238), K(Cha)VAANTLKAA(SEQ ID NO: 239), K(Cha)VAAYTLKAA(SEQ ID NO: 240), K(Cha)VAAYTLKAA(SEQ ID NO: 241), K(Cha)VAAWTLKAA(SEQ ID NO: 242), K(Cha)VAAKTLKAA(SEQ ID NO: 243), K(Cha)VAAHTLKAA(SEQ ID NO: 244), K(Cha)VAAATLKAA(SEQ ID NO: 245), K(Cha)VAAWTLKAA(SEQ ID NO: 246), and K(Cha)VMAATLKAA(SEQ ID NO: 247). In this case, “a” denotes D-form alanine, “Z” denotes 6-aninohexanoic acid, and “(Cha)” denotes L-cyclohexylalanine.


Sequences Similar to Exemplary Sequences of Th Epitope

In the present specification, sequences similar to the exemplary sequences of the Th epitope are disclosed. In an embodiment, the Th epitope may have a sequence, which have an identity of 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% to SEQ ID NO: 1 to SEQ ID NO: 5, SEQ ID NO: 162 to SEQ ID NO: 192, SEQ ID NO: 195 to SEQ ID NO: 196, and SEQ ID NO: 223 to SEQ ID NO: 247, a sequence satisfying the above [Formula I], or a sequence satisfying the above [Formula II]. In another embodiment, the Th epitope may have a sequence which matches, by the number selected in the immediately preceding sentence or more, to SEQ ID NO: 1 to SEQ ID NO: 5, SEQ ID NO: 162 to SEQ ID NO: 192, SEQ ID NO: 195 to SEQ ID NO: 196, and SEQ ID NO: 223 to SEQ ID NO: 247, a sequence satisfying the above [Formula I], or a sequence satisfying the above [Formula II]. For example, the Th epitope may have a sequence which has an identity of 90% or more to the sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1.


Auxiliary Part
Definition of Auxiliary Part

The peptides disclosed herein may include one or more auxiliary parts. The auxiliary part collectively refers to an additional part which can directly or indirectly affect the peptide to cause an intended immune response in the body of a subject. The auxiliary part may have one or more functions, and the constitution of the peptide sequence and/or the position of the sequence may appropriately be designed according to the purpose.


Function of Auxiliary Part 1—Function as Linker

The auxiliary part may function as a linker linking a B-cell epitope and a Th epitope. The B-cell epitope and the Th epitope may be directly linked or they may be linked through an auxiliary part serving as a linker. In addition, the auxiliary part may be designed to have a linker function that links a plurality of units included in the peptide. In an embodiment, the sequence of the auxiliary part may be located between the sequence of the B-cell epitope and the sequence of the Th epitope. In particular, the auxiliary part has a linker function that links the B-cell epitope and the Th epitope. In another embodiment, the sequence of the auxiliary part may be located between the sequence of the first peptide unit and the sequence of the second peptide unit in the peptide. In particular, the auxiliary part has a linker function for linking the first peptide unit and the second peptide unit.


Function of Auxiliary Part 2—Function for Protection

In the case of the peptide unit provided herein, it is characterized by having a relatively short sequence length. Accordingly, when a peptide including the peptide unit is injected into the body of a subject, the Th epitope sequence may be degraded before being recognized by helper T cells, and thus, the intended immune response may not occur. In an embodiment, the protective unit may protect the Th epitope from being cleaved by an enzyme in the body of the subject. For example, the enzyme in the body of the subject may be a peptidase. Specifically, the peptidase may be an exopeptidase and/or an endopeptidase, but the peptidase is not limited thereto. In another embodiment, the auxiliary part may be linked to the N-terminus and/or C-terminus of the Th epitope. In particular, the auxiliary part has a function of protecting the Th epitope. In still another embodiment, the auxiliary part may include at least one nonstandard amino acid.


Function of Auxiliary Part 3—Function for Forming Cyclic Form

The auxiliary part may be designed to be linked to both ends of the peptide unit to thereby have a function of allowing the peptide to form a cyclic form. In an embodiment, the peptide may include a first auxiliary part at the N-terminus and a second auxiliary part at the C-terminus. In particular, the first auxiliary part and the second auxiliary part may each include one or more cysteines (S). In another embodiment, the peptide may exist in a cyclic form. In particular, the N-terminus and C-terminus of the peptide may be linked through an auxiliary part.


Function of Auxiliary Part 4—Other Functions

The auxiliary part may have an additional function in addition to the above functions. In an embodiment, the auxiliary part may include a hydrophilic amino acid and may have a function of increasing the solubility of a peptide. In another embodiment, the auxiliary part may consist of a sequence that is biologically inactive in the body of a subject. In particular, the auxiliary part has no effect on the functions of the B-cell epitope and the Th epitope, and may have a dummy function to extend the length of the peptide. Specifically, the peptide may be a His-tag, but is not limited thereto.


Capable of Performing Multiple Functions

The auxiliary part may have one or more functions. In an embodiment, the auxiliary part may have a linker function, a protective function, a cyclic form forming function, a dummy function, and/or a solubility increasing function.


May Include Nonstandard Amino Acid

The auxiliary part may include one or more nonstandard amino acids. The artificial amino acid may be necessary for an auxiliary part to exhibit the linker function, protective function, and/or other functions. In an embodiment, the auxiliary part may include at least one nonstandard amino acid. Specifically, the nonstandard amino acid may be one or more nonstandard amino acids selected from the group consisting of L-cyclohexylalanine, D-form alanine, and 6-aminohexanoic acid, but the nonstandard amino acid is not limited thereto.


Length of Auxiliary Part

The auxiliary part may be designed to have an appropriate length according to its function. When the auxiliary part has multiple functions, it may be designed to have an appropriate length to exhibit all of the multiple functions. In an embodiment, the length of the auxiliary part may be 1 mer, 2mer, 3mer, 4mer, 5mer, 6mer, 7mer, 8mer, 9mer, 10mer, 11 mer, 12mer, 13mer, 14mer, 15mer, 16mer, 17mer, 18mer, 19mer, 20mer, 21mer, 22mer, 23mer, 24mer, 25mer, 26mer, 27mer, 28mer, 29mer, 30mer, or 31mer or longer. In another embodiment, the length of the auxiliary part may have a value within the two numerical ranges of the immediately preceding sentence. For example, the length of the auxiliary part may be in the range of 1 mer to 8mer. For another example, the length of the auxiliary part may be in the range of 15mer to 26mer.


Characteristics of Auxiliary Part—has Little Effect on Function of B-Cell Epitope

The auxiliary part does not significantly affect the function of the peptide unit and/or peptide disclosed herein to induce an antibody that specifically binds to the B-cell epitope in the body of a subject.


Embodiments of Sequences of Auxiliary Part


In an embodiment, the auxiliary part may be a peptide selected from a group consisting of a, Z, aZ, Za, RN, AF, CR, LS, KT, KH, RF, DP, SV, GL, ZRNV(SEQ ID NO: 36), aZRN(SEQ ID NO: 37), IAFZ(SEQ ID NO: 38), AFZa(SEQ ID NO: 39), RNVP(SEQ ID NO: 40), WIAF(SEQ ID NO: 41), ZCRF(SEQ ID NO: 42), aZCR(SEQ ID NO: 43), YLSZ(SEQ ID NO: 44), LSZa(SEQ ID NO: 45), CRFR(SEQ ID NO: 46), VYLS(SEQ ID NO: 47), ZKTT(SEQ ID NO: 48), aZKT(SEQ ID NO: 49), NKHZ(SEQ ID NO: 50), KHZa(SEQ ID NO: 51), GSHHHHHHGSDDDDK(SEQ ID NO: 52), HHHHHH(SEQ ID NO: 53), MRGSHHHHHHGSDDDDKIVD(SEQ ID NO: 54), GGGGSGGGGGGSS(SEQ ID NO: 55), RRRRRR(SEQ ID NO: 159), GSHHHHHHGSDDDDKaZ(SEQ ID NO: 193), and ZaGSHHHHHHGSDDDDK(SEQ ID NO: 194). In particular, “a” denotes D-form alanine and “Z” denotes 6-aminohexanoic acid.


Designing Peptide Unit—Overall


A method for designing a possible peptide unit and a form thereof will be described hereinbelow. Each unit may include at least one B-cell epitope and at least one Th epitope, and may include an appropriate number of auxiliary parts. The linking order of the B-cell epitope, the Th epitope, and the auxiliary part is exemplified for each type. Unless otherwise specified, the design of each part included in the peptide unit basically follows the design principle described above.


Designing Unit-A
Structure of Unit-A 1—Overview

As a peptide unit provided herein, a peptide unit, which can include 1) one B-cell epitope and one Th epitope and 2) one or more an auxiliary part, is named “unit-A”. The function of the auxiliary part is not particularly limited as long as it does not impair the functions of the B-cell epitope and the Th epitope, and is appropriately designed as necessary.


In an embodiment, the unit-A may be one in which the first B-cell epitope and the first Th epitope are sequentially linked in the direction from the N-terminus to the C-terminus.


Furthermore, the unit-A may further include a first auxiliary part. When the unit-A includes the first auxiliary part, the sequence of the first auxiliary part is located at the N-terminal side relative to the sequence of the first B-cell epitope within the unit-A sequence. In particular, the first auxiliary part may have a dummy function, a solubility improving function, a linker function, and/or a cyclic form-forming function, but the functions of the first auxiliary part are not limited thereto.


Furthermore, the unit-A may further include a second auxiliary part. When the unit-A includes the second auxiliary part, the sequence of the second auxiliary part is located between the sequence of the first B-cell epitope and the sequence of the first Th epitope within the unit-A sequence. In particular, the second auxiliary part may have a dummy function, a solubility improving function, a linker function, and/or a protective function, but the functions of the second auxiliary part are not limited thereto.


Furthermore, the unit-A may further include a third auxiliary part. When the unit-A includes the third auxiliary part, the sequence of the third auxiliary part is located at the C-terminal side relative to the sequence of the first Th epitope within the unit-A sequence. In particular, the third auxiliary part may have a dummy function, a solubility improving function, a linker function, a protective function and/or a cyclic form-forming function, but the functions of the third auxiliary part are not limited thereto.


In another embodiment, the unit-A may be one in which a second Th epitope and a second B-cell epitope are sequentially linked in the direction from the N-terminus to the C-terminus.


Furthermore, the unit-A may further include a fourth auxiliary part. When the unit-A includes the fourth auxiliary part, the sequence of the fourth auxiliary part is located at the N-terminal side relative to the sequence of the second Th epitope within the unit-A sequence. In particular, the fourth auxiliary part may have a dummy function, a solubility improving function, a linker function, and/or a cyclic form-forming function, but the functions of the fourth auxiliary part are not limited thereto.


Furthermore, the unit-A may further include a fifth auxiliary part. When the unit-A includes the fifth auxiliary part, the sequence of the fifth auxiliary part is located between the sequence of the second B-cell epitope and the sequence of the second Th epitope within the unit-A sequence. In particular, the fifth auxiliary part may have a dummy function, a solubility improving function, a linker function, and/or a cyclic form-forming function, but the functions of the fifth auxiliary part are not limited thereto.


Furthermore, the unit-A may further include a sixth auxiliary part. When the unit-A includes the sixth auxiliary part, the sequence of the sixth auxiliary part is located at the C-terminal side relative to the sequence of the second B-cell epitope within the unit-A sequence. In particular, the sixth auxiliary part may have a dummy function, a solubility improving function, a linker function, and/or a cyclic form-forming function, but the functions of the sixth auxiliary part are not limited thereto.


Structure of Unit-A 2—Formula

In an embodiment, the unit-A is a peptide represented by the following [Formula A] or [Formula A′].






N-A1-B1-A2-T1-A3-C  [Formula A]






N-A4-T2-A5-B2-A6-C  [Formula A]


The B1 and B2 are B-cell epitopes, and they follow the design principle described above.


The T1 and T2 are Th epitopes, and they follow the design principle described above.


The A1 to A6 are auxiliary parts and they may be omitted.


In particular, the A1 to A6 may have a dummy function, a solubility improving function, a linker function, and/or a cyclic form forming function, but the A1 to A6 are not limited thereto.


Length of Unit-A

In an embodiment, the length of the unit-A may be about 16mer, about 17mer, about 18mer, about 19mer, about 20mer, about 21mer, about 22mer, about 23mer, about 24mer, about 25mer, about 26mer, about 27mer, about 28mer, about 29mer, about 30mer, about 31mer, about 32mer, about 33mer, about 34mer, about 35mer, about 36mer, about 37mer, about 38mer, about 39mer, about 40mer, about 41mer, about 42mer, about 43mer, about 44mer, about 45mer, about 46mer, about 47mer, about 48mer, about 49mer, about 50mer, about 51mer, about 52mer, about 53mer, about 54mer, about 55mer, about 56mer, about 57mer, about 58mer, about 59mer, about 60mer, about 61 mer, about 62mer, about 63mer, about 64mer, about 65mer, about 66mer, about 67mer, about 68mer, about 69mer, about 70mer, about 71 mer, about 72mer, about 73mer, about 74mer, about 75mer, about 76mer, about 77mer, about 78mer, about 79mer, about 80 mer, about 81mer, about 82mer, about 83mer, about 84mer, about 85mer, about 86mer, about 87mer, about 88mer, about 89mer, about 90mer, about 91mer, about 92mer, about 93mer, about 94mer, about 95mer, about 96mer, about 97mer, about 98mer, about 99mer, or about 100 mer. In another embodiment, the length of the unit-A may have a value within the two numerical ranges selected in the immediately preceding sentence. For example, the length of the unit-A may be in the range of about 16mer to about 30mer. For another example, the length of the unit-A may be in the range of about 23mer to about 60mer.


Embodiment of Unit-A—Exempla Design

In an embodiment, the unit-A may have a sequence in which a first B-cell epitope, a first auxiliary part, and a first Th epitope are sequentially linked. In particular, the first auxiliary part has a linker function and it includes one or more artificial amino acids.


In another embodiment, the unit-A may have a sequence in which a second auxiliary part, a second B-cell epitope, a third auxiliary part, and a second Th epitope are sequentially linked. In particular, the second auxiliary part is His-tag, and the third auxiliary part has a linker function and it includes one or more artificial amino acids.


In still another embodiment, the unit-A may have a sequence in which a third B-cell epitope, a fourth auxiliary part, a third Th epitope, and a fifth auxiliary part are sequentially linked. In particular, the fourth auxiliary part has a linker function and a protective function, and the fifth auxiliary part has a protective function. The fourth auxiliary part and the fifth auxiliary part each include one or more artificial amino acids.


In still another embodiment, the unit-A may have a sequence in which a 6th an auxiliary part, a 4th B-cell epitope, a 7th auxiliary part, a 4th Th epitope, and an eighth auxiliary part are sequentially linked. In particular, the sixth auxiliary part is His-tag, the seventh auxiliary part has a linker function and a protective function, and the eighth auxiliary part has a protective function. The seventh auxiliary part and the eighth auxiliary part include one or more artificial amino acids.


Embodiments of Unit-A Sequence

In an embodiment, the Unit-A is a unit peptide selected from a group consisting of RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZ(SEQ ID NO: 56), ZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZRNVPPIFNDVYWIAF(SEQ ID NO: 57), CRFRGLISLSQVYLSZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZ(SEQ ID NO: 58), ZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZCRFRGLISLSQVYLS(SEQ ID NO: 59), KTTKQSFDLSVKAQYKKNKHZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZ(SEQ ID NO: 60), ZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZKTTKQSFDLSVKAQYKKNKH(SEQ ID NO: 61), RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFK(Cha)VAAWTLKAA(SEQ ID NO: 62), K(Cha)VAAWTLKAARNVPPIFNDVYWIAF(SEQ ID NO: 63), RNVPPIFNDVYK(Cha)VAAWTLKAA(SEQ ID NO: 64), PIFNDVYWIAFK(Cha)VAAWTLKAA(SEQ ID NO: 65), PPIFNDVYWK(Cha)VAAWTLKAA(SEQ ID NO: 66), RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAHHHHHH(SEQ ID NO: 67), RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZGSHHHHHHGSDDDDK(SEQ ID NO: 68), GSHHHHHHGSDDDDKZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZRNVPPIFNDVYWIAF(SEQ ID NO: 69), RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFGSHHHHHHGSDDDDKZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZ(SEQ ID NO: 70), GSHHHHHHGSDDDDKZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZCRFRGLISLSQVYLS(SEQ ID NO: 71), GSHHHHHHGSDDDDKCRFRGLISLSQVYLSZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZ(SEQ ID NO: 72), CRFRGLISLSQVYLSZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZGSHHHHHHGSDDDDK(SEQ ID NO: 73), GSHHHHHHGSDDDDKZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZKTTKQSFDLSVKAQYKKNK H(SEQ ID NO: 74), GSHHHHHHGSDDDDKKTTKQSFDLSVKAQYKKNKHZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAA aZ(SEQ ID NO: 75), KTTKQSFDLSVKAQYKKNKHZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZGSHHHHHHGSDDDD K(SEQ ID NO: 76), MRGSHHHHHHGSDDDDKIVDRNVPPIFNDVYWIAFZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZ (SEQ ID NO: 77), MRGSHHHHHHGSDDDDKIVDGSHHHHHHGSDDDDKRNVPPIFNDVYWIAFZa K(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZ(SEQ ID NO: 78), MRGSHHHHHHGSDDDDKIVDRNVPPIFNDVYWIAFZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZ GSHHHHHHGSDDDDK(SEQ ID NO: 79), RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFILMQYIKANSKFIGI(SEQ ID NO: 80), RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFILMQYIKANSKFIGIPMGLPQSIALSSLMVAQ(SEQ ID NO: 81), CRNVPPIFNDVYWIAFZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZC(SEQ ID NO: 82), RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAACR(SEQ ID NO: 161), RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFXXKXVAAWTLKAAXXGSHHHHHHGSDDDDK(SEQ ID NO: 199), GSHHHHHHGSDDDDKXXKXVAAWTLKAAXXRNVPPIFNDVYWIAF(SEQ ID NO: 200), RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFXXKXVAAWTLKAAXX(SEQ ID NO: 204), RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFKXVAAWTLKAA(SEQ ID NO: 205), RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFKXVAAWTLKAAHHHHHH(SEQ ID NO: 206), RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFXXKXVAAWTLKAACR(SEQ ID NO: 208), RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFXXKFVAAWTLKAAXX(SEQ ID NO: 210), RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFXXKFVAAWTLKAACR(SEQ ID NO: 212), RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFCTKPTDGN(SEQ ID NO: 213), RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFLLPIFFCLW(SEQ ID NO: 214), RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFFLPSDFFPSV(SEQ ID NO: 215), RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFILMQYIKANSKFIGMHHHHHH(SEQ ID NO: 219), and RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFMDIDPYKEFGATVELLSFLPHHHHHH(SEQ ID NO: 220). In this case, the “a” denotes D-form alanine, the “Z” denotes 6-aminohexanoic acid, the “(Cha)” denotes L-cyclohexylalanine, and the “X” denotes any standard amino acid.


Designing Unit-B
Structure of Unit-B 1—Overview

As a peptide unit provided herein, a peptide unit 1) which includes two B-cell epitopes and one Th epitope, 2) in which the sequence of one B-cell epitope of the two B-cell epitopes is located between the sequence of the other B-cell epitope the sequence of the Th epitope, and 3) which may include one or more auxiliary parts, is named “unit-B”. The function of the auxiliary part is not particularly limited as long as it does not impair the functions of the B-cell epitope and the Th epitope, and is appropriately designed as necessary.


In an embodiment, the unit-B may be one in which the first B-cell epitope, the second B-cell epitope, and the first Th epitope are sequentially linked in the direction from the N-terminus to the C-terminus.


Furthermore, the unit-B may further include a first auxiliary part. When the unit-B includes the first auxiliary part, the sequence of the first auxiliary part is located at the N-terminal side relative to the sequence of the first B-cell epitope within the unit-B sequence. In particular, the first auxiliary part may have a dummy function, a solubility improving function, a linker function, and/or a cyclic form-forming function, but the functions of the first auxiliary part are not limited thereto.


Furthermore, the unit-B may further include a second auxiliary part. When the unit-B includes the second auxiliary part, the sequence of the second auxiliary part is located between the sequence of the first B-cell epitope and the sequence of the second B-cell epitope within the unit-B sequence. In particular, the second auxiliary part may have a dummy function, a solubility improving function, a linker function, and/or a protective function, but the functions of the second auxiliary part are not limited thereto.


Furthermore, the unit-B may further include a third auxiliary part. When the unit-B includes the third auxiliary part, the sequence of the third auxiliary part is located between the sequence of the second B-cell epitope and the sequence of the first Th epitope within the unit-B sequence. In particular, the third auxiliary part may have a dummy function, a solubility improving function, a linker function, and/or a protective function, but the functions of the third auxiliary part are not limited thereto.


Furthermore, the unit-B may further include a fourth auxiliary part. When the unit-B includes the fourth auxiliary part, the sequence of the fourth auxiliary part is located at the C-terminal side relative to the sequence of the first Th epitope within the unit-B sequence. In particular, the fourth auxiliary part may have a dummy function, a solubility improving function, a linker function, and/or a cyclic form-forming function, but the functions of the fourth auxiliary part are not limited thereto.


In another embodiment, the unit-B may be one in which a second Th epitope, a third B-cell epitope, and a fourth B-cell epitope are sequentially linked in the direction from the N-terminus to the C-terminus.


Furthermore, the unit-B may further include a fifth auxiliary part. When the unit-B includes the fifth auxiliary part, the sequence of the fifth auxiliary part is located at the N-terminal side relative to the sequence of the second Th epitope within the unit-B sequence. In particular, the fifth auxiliary part may have a dummy function, a solubility improving function, a linker function, and/or a cyclic form-forming function, but the functions of the fifth auxiliary part are not limited thereto.


Furthermore, the unit-B may further include a sixth auxiliary part. When the unit-B includes the sixth auxiliary part, the sequence of the sixth auxiliary part is located between the sequence of the second Th epitope and the sequence of the third B-cell epitope within the unit-B sequence. In particular, the sixth auxiliary part may have a dummy function, a solubility improving function, a linker function, and/or a protective function, but the functions of the sixth auxiliary part are not limited thereto.


Furthermore, the unit-B may further include a seventh auxiliary part. When the unit-B includes the seventh auxiliary part, the sequence of the seventh auxiliary part is located between the sequence of the third B-cell epitope and the sequence of the fourth B-cell epitope within the unit-B sequence. In particular, the seventh auxiliary part may have a dummy function, a solubility improving function, a linker function, and/or a protective function, but the functions of the seventh auxiliary part are not limited thereto.


Furthermore, the unit-B may further include an eighth auxiliary part. When the unit-B includes the eighth auxiliary part, the sequence of the eighth auxiliary part is located at the C-terminal side relative to the sequence of the fourth B-cell epitope within the unit-B sequence. In particular, the eighth auxiliary part may have a dummy function, a solubility improving function, a linker function, and/or a cyclic form-forming function, but the functions of the eighth auxiliary part are not limited thereto.


Structure of Unit-B 2—Formula

In an embodiment, the unit-B is a peptide represented by the following [Formula B] or [Formula B′].











[Formula B]




N-A1-B1-A2-B2-A3-T1-A4-C








[Formula B′]




N-A5-T2-A6-B3-A7-B4-A8-C







The B1 to B4 are B-cell epitopes, and they follow the design principle described above.


The T1 and T2 are Th epitopes, and they follow the design principle described above.


The A1 to A8 are auxiliary parts and they may be omitted.


In particular, the A1 to A8 may have a dummy function, a solubility improving function, a linker function, and/or a cyclic form forming function, but the A1 to A8 are not limited thereto.


Length of Unit-B

In an embodiment, the length of the unit-B may be about 24mer, about 25mer, about 26mer, about 27mer, about 28mer, about 29mer, about 30mer, about 31mer, about 32mer, about 33mer, about 34mer, about 35mer, about 36mer, about 37mer, about 38mer, about 39mer, about 40mer, about 41mer, about 42mer, about 43mer, about 44mer, about 45mer, about 46mer, about 47mer, about 48mer, about 49mer, about 50mer, about 51mer, about 52mer, about 53mer, about 54mer, about 55mer, about 56mer, about 57mer, about 58mer, about 59mer, about 60mer, about 61mer, about 62mer, about 63mer, about 64mer, about 65mer, about 66mer, about 67mer, about 68mer, about 69mer, about 70mer, about 71mer, about 72mer, about 73mer, about 74mer, about 75mer, about 76mer, about 77mer, about 78mer, about 79mer, about 80mer, about 81mer, about 82mer, about 83mer, about 84mer, about 85mer, about 86mer, about 87mer, about 88mer, about 89mer, about 90mer, about 91mer, about 92mer, about 93mer, about 94mer, about 95mer, about 96 mer, about 97mer, about 98mer, about 99mer, or about 100 mer. In another embodiment, the length of the unit-B may have a value within the two numerical ranges selected in the immediately preceding sentence. For example, the length of the unit-B may be in the range of about 24mer to about 45mer. For another example, the length of the unit-A may be in the range of about 40mer to about 80mer.


Embodiment of Unit-B—Exemplary Design

In an embodiment, the unit-B may have a sequence in which a first auxiliary part, a first B-cell epitope, a second B-cell epitope, a second auxiliary part, and a first Th epitope are sequentially linked. In particular, the first auxiliary part is His-tag, the second auxiliary part and it includes one or more artificial amino acids.


In another embodiment, the unit-B may have a sequence in which a third B-cell epitope, a fourth B-cell epitope, a third auxiliary part, and a second Th epitope are sequentially linked. In particular, the third auxiliary part has a linker function and it includes one or more artificial amino acids.


In another embodiment, the unit-B may have a sequence in which a fourth auxiliary part, a fifth B-cell epitope, a sixth B-cell epitope, a fifth an auxiliary part, a third Th epitope, and a sixth auxiliary part are sequentially linked. In particular, the fourth auxiliary part is His-tag, the fifth auxiliary part has a linker function and a protective function and includes one or more artificial amino acids, and the sixth auxiliary part has a protective function and includes one or more artificial amino acids.


In still another embodiment, the unit-B may have a sequence in which a seventh B-cell epitope, an eighth B-cell epitope, a seventh auxiliary part, a fourth Th epitope, and an eighth auxiliary part are sequentially linked. In particular, the seventh auxiliary part has a linker function, a protective function, and includes one or more artificial amino acids, and the eighth auxiliary part has a protective function and includes one or more artificial amino acids.


In still another embodiment, the unit-B may have a sequence in which an eighth auxiliary part, a ninth B-cell epitope, a ninth an auxiliary part, a tenth B-cell epitope, a tenth auxiliary part, and a fifth Th epitope are linked in sequence. In particular, the eighth auxiliary part is His-tag, the ninth auxiliary part has a linker function, and the tenth auxiliary part has a linker function and includes one or more artificial amino acids.


In still another embodiment, the unit-B may have a sequence in which an eleventh B-cell epitope, an eleventh auxiliary part, a twelfth B-cell epitope, a twelfth auxiliary part, and a sixth Th epitope are sequentially linked. In particular, the eleventh auxiliary part has a linker function, and the twelfth auxiliary part has a linker function and includes one or more artificial amino acids.


In still another embodiment, the unit-B may have a sequence in which a thirteenth B-cell epitope, a thirteenth auxiliary part, a fourteenth B-cell epitope, a fourteenth auxiliary part, a 7th Th epitope, and a fifteenth auxiliary part are sequentially linked sequence. In particular, the thirteenth auxiliary part has a linker function, the fourteenth auxiliary part has a linker function and a protective function, and includes one or more artificial amino acids, and the fifteenth auxiliary part has a protective function and includes one or more artificial amino acids.


Embodiments of Unit-B Sequence

In an embodiment, the unit-B is a peptide unit selected from a group consisting of RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFRNVPPIFNDVYWIAFZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZ(SEQ ID NO: 83), RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFCRFRGLISLSQVYLSZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZ(SEQ ID NO: 84), RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFKTTKQSFDLSVKAQYKKNKHZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZ (SEQ ID NO: 85), CRFRGLISLSQVYLSRNVPPIFNDVYWIAFZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZ(SEQ ID NO: 86), CRFRGLISLSQVYLSCRFRGLISLSQVYLSZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZ(SEQ ID NO: 87), CRFRGLISLSQVYLSKTTKQSFDLSVKAQYKKNKHZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZ(SEQ ID NO: 88), KTTKQSFDLSVKAQYKKNKHRNVPPIFNDVYWIAFZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZ 28 (SEQ ID NO: 89), KTTKQSFDLSVKAQYKKNKHCRFRGLISLSQVYLSZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZ(SEQ ID NO: 90), KTTKQSFDLSVKAQYKKNKHKTTKQSFDLSVKAQYKKNKHZaK(Cha)VAAWT LKAAaZ(SEQ ID NO: 91), RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFCRFRGLISLSQVYLSK(Cha)VAAWTLKAA(SEQ ID NO: 92), PIFNDVYWIAFGLISLSQVYLSK(Cha)VAAWTLKAA(SEQ ID NO: 93), RNVPPIFNDVYCRFRGLISLSQK(Cha)VAAWTLKAA(SEQ ID NO: 94), PIFNDVYWIAFCRFRGLISLSQK(Cha)VAAWTLKAA(SEQ ID NO: 95), PPIFNDVYWRGLISLSQVK(Cha)VAAWTLKAA(SEQ ID NO: 96), RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFCRFRGLISLSQVYLSK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAHHHHHH(SEQ ID NO: 97), MRGSHHHHHHGSDDDDKIVDRNVPPIFNDVYWIAFCRFRGLISLSQVYLSZaK(Ch a)VAAWTLKAAaZ(SEQ ID NO: 98), MRGSHHHHHHGSDDDDKIVDRNVPPIFNDVYWIAFCRFRGLISLSQVYLSZaK(Ch a)VAAWTLKAA(SEQ ID NO: 99), RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFCRFRGLISLSQVYLSZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAA(SEQ ID NO: 100), MRGSHHHHHHGSDDDDKIVDRNVPPIFNDVYWIAFGGGGSGGGGGGSSRNVP PIFNDVYWIAFZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAA(SEQ ID NO: 101), RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFGGGGSGGGGGGSSRNVPPIFNDVYWIAFZaK(Cha)VAA WTLKAA(SEQ ID NO: 102), RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFGGGGSGGGGGGSSRNVPPIFNDVYWIAFZaK(Cha)VAA WTLKAAaZ(SEQ ID NO: 103), RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFRNVPPIFNDVYWIAFILMQYIKANSKFIGI(SEQ ID NO: 104), RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFRNVPPIFNDVYWIAFILMQYIKANSKFIGIPMGLPQSIALS SLMVAQ(SEQ ID NO: 105), CRNVPPIFNDVYWIAFCRFRGLISLSQVYLSZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZC(SEQ ID NO: 106), and RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFCRFRGLISLSQVYLSXXK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAXX(SEQ ID NO: 202). In this case, the “a” denotes D-form alanine, the “Z” denotes 6-aminohexanoic acid, the “(Cha)” denotes L-cyclohexylalanine, and the “X” denotes any standard amino acid.


Designing Unit-C
Structure of Unit-C 1—Overview

As a peptide unit provided herein, a peptide unit 1) which includes two B-cell epitopes and one Th epitope, 2) in which the sequence of the Th epitope is located between the sequence of one B-cell epitope of the two B-cell epitopes and the sequence of the other B-cell epitope, and 3) which may include one or more auxiliary parts, is named “unit-C”. The function of the auxiliary part is not particularly limited as long as it does not impair the functions of the B-cell epitope and the Th epitope, and is appropriately designed as necessary.


In an embodiment, the unit-C may be one in which the first B-cell epitope, the first Th epitope, and the second B-cell epitope are sequentially linked in the direction from the N-terminus to the C-terminus.


Furthermore, the unit-C may further include a first auxiliary part. When the unit-C includes the first auxiliary part, the sequence of the first auxiliary part is located at the N-terminal side relative to the sequence of the first B-cell epitope within the unit-C sequence. In particular, the first auxiliary part may have a dummy function, a solubility improving function, a linker function, and/or a cyclic form-forming function, but the functions of the first auxiliary part are not limited thereto.


Furthermore, the unit-C may further include a second auxiliary part. When the unit-C includes the second auxiliary part, the sequence of the second auxiliary part is located between the sequence of the first B-cell epitope and the sequence of the first Th epitope within the unit-C sequence. In particular, the second auxiliary part may have a dummy function, a solubility improving function, a linker function, and/or a protective function, but the functions of the second auxiliary part are not limited thereto.


Furthermore, the unit-C may further include a third auxiliary part. When the unit-C includes the third auxiliary part, the sequence of the third auxiliary part is located between the sequence of the first Th epitope and the sequence of the second B-cell epitope within the unit-C sequence. In particular, the third auxiliary part may have a dummy function, a solubility improving function, a linker function, and/or a protective function, but the functions of the third auxiliary part are not limited thereto.


Furthermore, the unit-C may further include a fourth auxiliary part. When the unit-C includes the fourth auxiliary part, the sequence of the fourth auxiliary part is located at the C-terminal side relative to the sequence of the second B-cell epitope within the unit-C sequence. In particular, the fourth auxiliary part may have a dummy function, a solubility improving function, a linker function, and/or a cyclic form-forming function, but the functions of the fourth auxiliary part are not limited thereto.


Structure of Unit-C 2—Formula

In an embodiment, the unit-C is a peptide represented by the following [Formula C].











[Formula C]




N-A1-B1-A2-T1-A3-B2-A4-C







The B1 and B2 are B-cell epitopes, and they follow the design principle described above.


The T1 is a Th epitope, and it follows the design principle described above.


The A1, A2, A3, and A4 are auxiliary parts and they may be omitted.


In particular, the A1, A2, A3, and A4 may have a dummy function, a solubility improving function, a linker function, and/or a cyclic form forming function, but the A1, A2, A3, and A4 are not limited thereto.


Length of Unit-C

In an embodiment, the length of the unit-C may be about 24mer, about 25mer, about 26mer, about 27mer, about 28mer, about 29mer, about 30mer, about 31mer, about 32mer, about 33mer, about 34mer, about 35mer, about 36mer, about 37mer, about 38mer, about 39mer, about 40mer, about 41mer, about 42mer, about 43mer, about 44mer, about 45mer, about 46mer, about 47mer, about 48mer, about 49mer, about 50mer, about 51mer, about 52mer, about 53mer, about 54mer, about 55mer, about 56mer, about 57mer, about 58mer, about 59mer, about 60mer, about 61mer, about 62mer, about 63mer, about 64mer, about 65mer, about 66mer, about 67mer, about 68mer, about 69mer, about 70mer, about 71mer, about 72mer, about 73mer, about 74mer, about 75mer, about 76mer, about 77mer, about 78mer, about 79mer, about 80mer, about 81mer, about 82mer, about 83mer, about 84mer, about 85mer, about 86mer, about 87mer, about 88mer, about 89mer, about 90mer, about 91mer, about 92mer, about 93mer, about 94mer, about 95mer, about 96mer, about 97mer, about 98mer, about 99mer, about 100mer. In another embodiment, the length of the unit-C may have a value within the two numerical ranges selected in the immediately preceding sentence. For example, the length of the unit-C may be in the range of about 24mer to about 45mer. For another example, the length of the unit-A may be in the range of about 40mer to about 80mer.


Embodiment of Unit-C—Exemplary Design

In an embodiment, the unit-C may have a sequence in which a first B-cell epitope, a first auxiliary part, a first Th epitope, a second auxiliary part, and a second B-cell epitope are sequentially linked. In particular, the first auxiliary part and the second auxiliary part each have a linker function and a protective function. The first auxiliary part and the second auxiliary part each include one or more artificial amino acids.


In another embodiment, the unit-C may have a sequence in which a third auxiliary part, a third B-cell epitope, a fourth auxiliary part, a second Th epitope, a fifth auxiliary part, and a fourth B-cell epitope are sequentially linked. In particular, the third auxiliary part is His-tag, and the fourth auxiliary part and the fifth auxiliary part each have a linker function and a protective function. The fourth auxiliary part and the fifth auxiliary part each include one or more artificial amino acids.


Embodiments of Unit-C Sequence

In an embodiment, the unit-C is a peptide unit selected from a group consisting of RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZRNVPPIFNDVYWIAF(SEQ ID NO: 107), RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZCRFRGLISLSQVYLS(SEQ ID NO: 108), RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZKTTKQSFDLSVKAQYKKNKH (SEQ ID NO: 109), CRFRGLISLSQVYLSZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZRNVPPIFNDVYWIAF(SEQ ID NO: 110), CRFRGLISLSQVYLSZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZCRFRGLISLSQVYLS(SEQ ID NO: 31 111), RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZKTTKQSFDLSVKAQYKKNKH (SEQ ID NO: 112), KTTKQSFDLSVKAQYKKNKHZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZRNVPPIFNDVYWIAF (SEQ ID NO: 113), KTTKQSFDLSVKAQYKKNKHZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZCRFRGLISLSQVYLS(SEQ ID NO: 114), KTTKQSFDLSVKAQYKKNKHZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZKTTKQSFDLSVKAQ YKKNKH(SEQ ID NO: 115), PIFNDVYWIAFK(Cha)VAAWTLKAACRFRGLISLSQ(SEQ ID NO: 116), PPIFNDVYWK(Cha)VAAWTLKAARGLISLSQV(SEQ ID NO: 117), MRGSHHHHHHGSDDDDKIVD RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZRNVPPIFNDVYWIAF(SEQ ID NO: 118), MRGSHHHHHHGSDDDDKIVDRNVPPIFNDVYWIAF GGGGSGGGGGGSS ILMQYIKANSKFIGIPMGLPQSIALSSLMVAQ GGGGSGGGGGSSCRFRGLISLSQVYLS(SEQ ID NO: 119), RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFILMQYIKANSKFIGICRFRGLISLSQVYLS(SEQ ID NO: 120), RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFZPKYVKQNTLKLATZCRFRGLISLSQVYLS(SEQ ID NO: 121), CRNVPPIFNDVYWIAFZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZRNVPPIFNDVYWIAFC(SEQ ID NO: 122), RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAACRFRGLISLSQVYLS(SEQ ID NO: 160), RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFXXKXVAAWTLKAAXXCRFRGLISLSQVYLS(SEQ ID NO: 198), KTTKQSFDLSVKAQYKKNKHXXKXVAAWTLKAAXXCRFRGLISLSQVYLS(SEQ ID NO: 201), RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFXPKYVKQNTLKLATXCRFRGLISLSQVYLS(SEQ ID NO: 203), RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFXXKXVAAWTLKAACRFRGLISLSQVYLS(SEQ ID NO: 207), RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFXXKFVAAWTLKAAXXCRFRGLISLSQVYLS(SEQ ID NO: 209), RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFXXKFVAAWTLKAACRFRGLISLSQVYLS(SEQ ID NO: 211), KTTKQSFDLSVKAQYKKNKHZaWPEANQVGAGAFGPGFaZCRFRGLISLSQVY LS(SEQ ID NO: 216), KTTKQSFDLSVKAQYKKNKHZaMDIDPYKEFGATVELLSFLPaZCRFRGLISLS QVYLS(SEQ ID NO: 217), custom-character KTTKQSFDLSVKAQYKKNKHZaILMQYIKANSKFIGIPMGLPQSIALSSLMVAQ 32 aZCRFRGLISLSQVYLS(SEQ ID NO: 218). In this case, the “a” denotes D-form alanine, the “Z” denotes 6-aminohexanoic acid, the “(Cha)” denotes L-cyclohexylalanine, and the “X” denotes any standard amino acid.


Designing Unit-D
Structure of Unit-D 1—Overview

As a peptide unit provided herein, a peptide unit, 1) which includes one B-cell epitope and two Th epitopes, 2) in which, the sequence of one Th epitope of the two Th epitopes is located between the sequence of the other Th epitope and the sequence of the B-cell epitope, and 3) which may include one or more auxiliary parts, is named “unit-D”. The function of the auxiliary part is not particularly limited as long as it does not impair the functions of the B-cell epitope and the Th epitope, and is appropriately designed as necessary.


In an embodiment, the unit-D may be one in which a first B-cell epitope, a first Th epitope, and a second Th epitope are sequentially linked in the direction from the N-terminus to the C-terminus.


Furthermore, the unit-D may further include a first auxiliary part. When the unit-D includes the first auxiliary part, the sequence of the first auxiliary part is located at the N-terminal side relative to the sequence of the first B-cell epitope within the unit-D sequence. In particular, the first auxiliary part may have a dummy function, a solubility improving function, a linker function, and/or a cyclic form-forming function, but the functions of the first auxiliary part are not limited thereto.


Furthermore, the unit-D may further include a second auxiliary part. When the unit-D includes the second auxiliary part, the sequence of the second auxiliary part is located between the sequence of the first B-cell epitope and the sequence of the first Th epitope within the unit-D sequence. In particular, the second auxiliary part may have a dummy function, a solubility improving function, a linker function, and/or a protective function, but the functions of the second auxiliary part are not limited thereto.


Furthermore, the unit-D may further include a third auxiliary part. When the unit-D includes the third auxiliary part, the sequence of the third auxiliary part is located between the sequence of the first Th epitope and the sequence of the second Th epitope within the unit-D sequence. In particular, the third auxiliary part may have a dummy function, a solubility improving function, a linker function, and/or a protective function, but the functions of the third auxiliary part are not limited thereto.


Furthermore, the unit-D may further include a fourth auxiliary part. When the unit-D includes the fourth auxiliary part, the sequence of the fourth auxiliary part is located at the C-terminal side relative to the sequence of the second Th epitope within the unit-D sequence. In particular, the fourth auxiliary part may have a dummy function, a solubility improving function, a linker function, and/or a cyclic form-forming function, but the functions of the fourth auxiliary part are not limited thereto.


In another embodiment, the unit-D may be one in which a third Th epitope, a fourth Th epitope, and a second B-cell epitope are sequentially linked in the direction from the N-terminus to the C-terminus.


Furthermore, the unit-D may further include a fifth auxiliary part. When the unit-D includes the fifth auxiliary part, the sequence of the fifth auxiliary part is located at the N-terminal side relative to the sequence of the third Th epitope within the unit-D sequence. In particular, the fifth auxiliary part may have a dummy function, a solubility improving function, a linker function, and/or a cyclic form-forming function, but the functions of the fifth auxiliary part are not limited thereto.


Furthermore, the unit-D may further include a sixth auxiliary part. When the unit-D includes the sixth auxiliary part, the sequence of the sixth auxiliary part is located between the sequence of the third Th epitope and the sequence of the fourth Th epitope within the unit-D sequence. In particular, the sixth auxiliary part may have a dummy function, a solubility improving function, a linker function, and/or a protective function, but the functions of the sixth auxiliary part are not limited thereto.


Furthermore, the unit-D may further include a seventh auxiliary part. When the unit-D includes the seventh auxiliary part, the sequence of the seventh auxiliary part is located between the sequence of the fourth Th epitope and the sequence of the second B-cell epitope within the unit-D sequence. In particular, the seventh auxiliary part may have a dummy function, a solubility improving function, a linker function, and/or a protective function, but the functions of the seventh auxiliary part are not limited thereto.


Furthermore, the unit-D may further include an eighth auxiliary part. When the unit-D includes the eighth auxiliary part, the sequence of the eighth auxiliary part is located at the C-terminal side relative to the sequence of the second B-cell epitope within the unit-D sequence. In particular, the eighth auxiliary part may have a dummy function, a solubility improving function, a linker function, and/or a cyclic form-forming function, but the functions of the eighth auxiliary part are not limited thereto.


Structure of Unit-D 2—Formula

In an embodiment, the unit-B is a peptide represented by the following [Formula D] or [Formula D′].











[Formula D]




N-A1-B1-A2-T1-A3-T2-A4-C








[Formula D′]




N-A5-T3-A6-T4-A7-B2-A8-C







The B1 and B2 are B-cell epitopes, and they follow the design principle described above.


The T1 to T4 are Th epitopes, and they follow the design principle described above.


The A1 to A8 are auxiliary parts and they may be omitted.


In particular, the A1 to A8 may have a dummy function, a solubility improving function, a linker function, and/or a cyclic form forming function, but the A1 to A8 are not limited thereto.


Length of Unit-D

In an embodiment, the length of the unit-D may be about 24mer, about 25mer, about 26mer, about 27mer, about 28mer, about 29mer, about 30mer, about 31mer, about 32mer, about 33mer, about 34mer, about 35mer, about 36mer, about 37mer, about 38mer, about 39mer, about 40mer, about 41 mer, about 42mer, about 43mer, about 44mer, about 45mer, about 46mer, about 47mer, about 48mer, about 49mer, about 50mer, about 51mer, about 52mer, about 53mer, about 54mer, about 55mer, about 56mer, about 57mer, about 58mer, about 59mer, about 60mer, about 61mer, about 62mer, about 63mer, about 64mer, about 65mer, about 66mer, about 67mer, about 68mer, about 69mer, about 70mer, about 71mer, about 72mer, about 73mer, about 74mer, about 75mer, about 76mer, about 77mer, about 78mer, about 79mer, about 80mer, about 81mer, about 82mer, about 83mer, about 84mer, about 85mer, about 86mer, about 87mer, about 88mer, about 89mer, about 90mer, about 91mer, about 92mer, about 93mer, about 94mer, about 95mer, about 96mer, about 97mer, about 98mer, about 99mer, or about 100mer. In another embodiment, the length of the unit-B may have a value within the two numerical ranges selected in the immediately preceding sentence. For example, the length of the unit-D may be in the range of about 24mer to about 45mer. For another example, the length of the unit-A may be in the range of about 40mer to about 80mer.


Embodiment of Unit-D—Exemplary Design

In an embodiment, the unit-D may have a sequence in which a first auxiliary part, a first B-cell epitope, a second auxiliary part, a first Th epitope, a third auxiliary part, and a second Th epitope are sequentially linked. In particular, the first auxiliary part is His-tag, the second auxiliary part and the third auxiliary part each have a linker function. The second auxiliary part and the third auxiliary part each include one or more artificial amino acids.


In another embodiment, the unit-D may have a sequence in which a fourth auxiliary part, a second B-cell epitope, a fifth auxiliary part, a third Th epitope, a sixth auxiliary part, a fourth Th epitope, and a seventh auxiliary part are sequentially linked. In particular, the fourth auxiliary part is His-tag, the fifth auxiliary part and the sixth auxiliary part each have a linker function, and the seventh auxiliary part has a protective function. The fifth auxiliary part, the sixth auxiliary part, and the seventh auxiliary part each include one or more artificial amino acids.


In still another embodiment, the unit-D includes a third B-cell epitope, an eighth auxiliary part, a fifth Th epitope, a ninth auxiliary part, and a sixth Th epitope. In particular, the eighth auxiliary part and the ninth auxiliary part each have a linker function. The eighth auxiliary part and the ninth auxiliary part each have a protective function each include one or more artificial amino acids.


In still another embodiment, the unit-D includes a fourth B-cell epitope, a tenth auxiliary part, a seventh Th epitope, an eleventh auxiliary part, an eighth Th epitope, and a twelfth auxiliary part. In particular, the tenth auxiliary part and the eleventh auxiliary part each have a linker function. The twelfth auxiliary part has a protective function. The tenth auxiliary part, the eleventh auxiliary part, and the twelfth auxiliary part each include one or more artificial amino acids.


Embodiments of Unit-D Sequence

In an embodiment, the unit-D is a unit peptide selected from a group consisting of RNVPPIFNDVYWIAF ZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZ ILMQYIKANSKFIGI(SEQ ID NO: 123), CRFRGLISLSQVYLS ZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZ ILMQYIKANSKFIGI(SEQ ID NO: 124), KTTKQSFDLSVKAQYKKNKH ZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZ ILMQYIKANSKFIGI(SEQ ID NO: 125), ILMQYIKANSKFIGI ZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZ RNVPPIFNDVYWIAF(SEQ ID NO: 126), ILMQYIKANSKFIGI ZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZ CRFRGLISLSQVYLS(SEQ ID NO: 127), ILMQYIKANSKFIGI ZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZ KTTKQSFDLSVKAQYKKNKH(SEQ ID NO: 128), PIFNDVYWIAF K(Cha)VAAWTLKAA K(Cha)VAAWTLKAA(SEQ ID NO: 129), PPIFNDVYW K(Cha)VAAWTLKAA K(Cha)VAAWTLKAA(SEQ ID NO: 130), MRGSHHHHHHGSDDDDKIVDRNVPPIFNDVYWIAFZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZ ILMQYIKANSKFIGI(SEQ ID NO: 131), MRGSHHHHHHGSDDDDKIVDILMQYIKANSKFIGIZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZ(SEQ ID NO: 132), MRGSHHHHHHGSDDDDKIVDRNVPPIFNDVYWIAFGGGGSGGGGGGSSZaK(Cha) VAAWTLKAAaZILMQYIKANSKFIGI(SEQ ID NO: 133), MRGSHHHHHHGSDDDDKIVDRNVPPIFNDVYWIAFGGGGSGGGGGGSSILMQ YIKANSKFIGIPMGLPQSIALSSLMVAQGGGGSGGGGGGSSILMQYIKANSKFI GIPMGLPQSIALSSLMVAQ(SEQ ID NO: 134), RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZK(Cha)LAAFTIRAAaZ(SEQ ID NO: 135), custom-character CRNVPPIFNDVYWIAFZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZILMQYIKANSKFIGIC(SEQ ID NO: 136). In this case, the “a” denotes D-form alanine, the “Z” denotes 6-aminohexanoic acid, the “(Cha)” denotes L-cyclohexylalanine, and the “X” denotes any standard amino acid.


Designing Unit-E
Structure of Unit-E 1—Overview

As a peptide unit provided herein, a peptide unit 1) which includes two B-cell epitopes and two Th epitopes, 2) in which each sequence of the two Th epitopes is located between the sequence of one B-cell epitope of the two B-cell epitopes and the sequence of the other B-cell epitope, and 3) which may include one or more auxiliary parts, is named “unit-E”. The function of the auxiliary part is not particularly limited as long as it does not impair the functions of the B-cell epitope and the Th epitope, and is appropriately designed as necessary.


In an embodiment, the unit-E may be one in which a first B-cell epitope, a first Th epitope, a second Th epitope, and a second B-cell epitope are sequentially linked in the direction from the N-terminus to the C-terminus.


Furthermore, the unit-E may further include a first auxiliary part. When the unit-E includes the first auxiliary part, the sequence of the first auxiliary part is located at the N-terminal side relative to the sequence of the first B-cell epitope within the unit-E sequence. In particular, the first auxiliary part may have a dummy function, a solubility improving function, a linker function, and/or a cyclic form-forming function, but the functions of the first auxiliary part are not limited thereto.


Furthermore, the unit-E may further include a second auxiliary part. When the unit-E includes the second auxiliary part, the sequence of the second auxiliary part is located between the sequence of the first B-cell epitope and the sequence of the first Th epitope within the unit-E sequence. In particular, the second auxiliary part may have a dummy function, a solubility improving function, a linker function, and/or a protective function, but the functions of the second auxiliary part are not limited thereto.


Furthermore, the unit-E may further include a third auxiliary part. When the unit-E includes the third auxiliary part, the sequence of the third auxiliary part is located between the sequence of the first Th epitope and the sequence of the second Th epitope within the unit-E sequence. In particular, the third auxiliary part may have a dummy function, a solubility improving function, a linker function, and/or a protective function, but the functions of the third auxiliary part are not limited thereto.


Furthermore, the unit-E may further include a fourth auxiliary part. When the unit-E includes the fourth auxiliary part, the sequence of the fourth auxiliary part is located between the sequence of the second B-cell epitope and the second B-cell epitope within the unit-E sequence. In particular, the fourth auxiliary part may have a dummy function, a solubility improving function, a linker function, and/or a protective function, but the functions of the fourth auxiliary part are not limited thereto.


Furthermore, the unit-E may further include a fifth auxiliary part. When the unit-E includes the fifth auxiliary part, the sequence of the fifth auxiliary part is located at the N-terminal side relative to the sequence of the second B-cell epitope within the unit-E sequence. In particular, the fifth auxiliary part may have a dummy function, a solubility improving function, a linker function, and/or a cyclic form-forming function, but the functions of the fifth auxiliary part are not limited thereto.


Structure of Unit-E 2—Formula

In an embodiment, the unit-E is a peptide represented by the following [Formula E].











[Formula E]




N-A1-B1-A2-T1-A3-T2-A4-B2-A5-C







The B1 and B2 are B-cell epitopes, and they follow the design principle described above.


The T1 and T2 are Th epitopes, and they follow the design principle described above.


The A1, A2, A3, A4, and A5 are auxiliary parts and they may be omitted.


In particular, the A1, A2, A3, A4, and A5 may have a dummy function, a solubility improving function, a linker function, and/or a cyclic form forming function, but the A1, A2, A3, A4, and A5 are not limited thereto.


Length of Unit-E

In an embodiment, the length of the unit-E may be about 32mer, about 33mer, about 34mer, about 35mer, about 36mer, about 37mer, about 38mer, about 39mer, about 40mer, about 41mer, about 42mer, about 43mer, about 44mer, about 45mer, about 46mer, about 47mer, about 48mer, about 49mer, about 50mer, about 51mer, about 52mer, about 53mer, about 54mer, about 55mer, about 56mer, about 57mer, about 58mer, about 59mer, about 60mer, about 61mer, about 62mer, about 63mer, about 64mer, about 65mer, about 66mer, about 67mer, about 68mer, about 69mer, about 70mer, about 71mer, about 72mer, about 73mer, about 74mer, about 75mer, about 76mer, about 77mer, about 78mer, about 79mer, about 80mer, about 81mer, about 82mer, about 83mer, about 84mer, about 85mer, about 86mer, about 87mer, about 88mer, about 89mer, about 90mer, about 91mer, about 92mer, about 93mer, about 94mer, about 95mer, about 96mer, about 97mer, about 98mer, about 99mer, or about 100mer. In another embodiment, the length of the unit-E may have a value within the two numerical ranges selected in the immediately preceding sentence. For example, the length of the unit-E may be in the range of about 32mer to about 60mer. For another example, the length of the unit-A may be in the range of about 50mer to about 100mer.


Embodiment of Unit-E—Exemplary Design

In an embodiment, the unit-E may have a sequence in which a first auxiliary part, a first B-cell epitope, a second auxiliary part, a first Th epitope, a third auxiliary part, a second Th epitope, a fourth auxiliary part, and a second B-cell epitope are sequentially linked. In particular, the first auxiliary part is His-tag. The second auxiliary part and the fourth auxiliary part each have a linker function and a protective function. The third auxiliary part has a linker function. The second auxiliary part, the third auxiliary part, and the fourth auxiliary part include one or more artificial amino acids.


In another embodiment, the unit-E may have a sequence in which a third B-cell epitope, a fifth auxiliary part, a third Th epitope, a sixth auxiliary part, a fourth Th epitope, a seventh auxiliary part, and a fourth B-cell epitope are sequentially linked. In particular, the fifth auxiliary part and the seventh auxiliary part each have a linker function and a protective function. The sixth auxiliary part has a linker function. The fifth auxiliary part, the sixth auxiliary part, and the seventh auxiliary part include one or more artificial amino acids.


Embodiments of Unit-E Sequence

In an embodiment, the unit-E is a peptide unit selected from a group consisting of RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZILMQYIKANSKFIGIRNVPPIFN DVYWIAF(SEQ ID NO: 137), RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZILMQYIKANSKFIGICRFRGLIS LSQVYLS(SEQ ID NO: 138), RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZILMQYIKANSKFIGIKTTKQSF DLSVKAQYKKNKH(SEQ ID NO: 139), CRFRGLISLSQVYLSZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZILMQYIKANSKFIGIRNVPPIFN DVYWIAF(SEQ ID NO: 140), CRFRGLISLSQVYLSZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZILMQYIKANSKFIGICRFRGLIS LSQVYLS(SEQ ID NO: 141), CRFRGLISLSQVYLSZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZILMQYIKANSKFIGIKTTKQSF DLSVKAQYKKNKH(SEQ ID NO: 142), KTTKQSFDLSVKAQYKKNKHZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZILMQYIKANSKFIGIR NVPPIFNDVYWIAF(SEQ ID NO: 143), KTTKQSFDLSVKAQYKKNKHZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZILMQYIKANSKFIGIC RFRGLISLSQVYLS(SEQ ID NO: 144), KTTKQSFDLSVKAQYKKNKHZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZILMQYIKANSKFIGIK TTKQSFDLSVKAQYKKNKH(SEQ ID NO: 145), MRGSHHHHHHGSDDDDKIVDRNVPPIFNDVYWIAFZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZ ILMQYIKANSKFIGIRNVPPIFNDVYWIAF(SEQ ID NO: 146), MRGSHHHHHHGSDDDDKIVDRNVPPIFNDVYWIAFGGGGSGGGGGGSSILMQ YIKANSKFIGIPMGLPQSIALSSLMVAQILMQYIKANSKFIGIPMGLPQSIALSSL MVAQGGGGSGGGGGGSSCRFRGLISLSQVYLS(SEQ ID NO: 147), PIFNDVYWIAFK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAK(Cha)VAAWTLKAACRFRGLISLSQ(SEQ ID NO: 148), PPIFNDVYWK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAK(Cha)VAAWTLKAARGLISLSQV(SEQ ID NO: 149), and CRNVPPIFNDVYWIAFZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZILMQYIKANSKFIGIRNVPPIF NDVYWIAFC(SEQ ID NO: 150). In this case, the “a” denotes D-form alanine, the “Z” denotes 6-aminohexanoic acid, the “(Cha)” denotes L-cyclohexylalanine.


Designing a Peptide
Designing a Peptide—Overview

The peptides provided herein can be designed using one or more of the peptide units disclosed above. These peptides include one or more of peptide units and may include one or more types of peptide units. For example, the peptide may be designed by 1) including only one peptide unit, 2) designing a concatemer by linking multiple peptide units of one type having the same sequence, 3) designing the peptide in the form of string-of-beads by linking one or more types of the peptide units with different sequences, 4) by mixing the design methods of 1) to 3) above, and 5) designing the peptide in a cyclic form by connecting both ends of the peptide designed in the above method, but the design methods are not limited thereto. Hereinafter, each design method will be described in detail.


One Unit Design

The peptide may be designed to include only one of the peptide units described above. In an embodiment, the peptide may include one peptide unit selected from the group consisting of unit-A, unit-B, unit-C, unit-D, and unit-E. In particular, the peptide unit has the constitution described above.


Concatemer Design 1—Overview

The peptide may be designed in the form of a concatemer in which multiple peptide units having the same sequence are linked. The peptide designed in the concatemer form consists of 1) one type of a peptide unit and 2) multiple peptide units having the same or equivalent sequence.


In particular, two peptide units with “an equivalent sequence” refers to cases where 1) when an auxiliary part is present at the N-terminus and/or C-terminus of each of the two peptides, and 2) when the auxiliary part exists, its sequence, even if the two are different, the rest of the sequence is the same. For example, when a first peptide has a sequence in which a first auxiliary part and a first unit-A are linked in the direction from the N-terminus to C-terminus, a second peptide has a sequence in which the first unit-A and a first auxiliary part are linked in the direction from the N-terminus to the C-terminus, a third peptide has a sequence in which a second auxiliary part, the first unit-A, and a third auxiliary part are linked in the direction from the N-terminus to the C-terminus, and a fourth peptide has the first unit-A sequence, the first to fourth peptides are said to have an equivalent sequence.


In an embodiment, the peptide may include one in which a first a peptide unit and a second a peptide unit are linked in order. In particular, the first peptide unit is a peptide unit selected from the group consisting of unit-A, unit-B, unit-C, unit-D, and unit-E; and the second a peptide unit has a sequence which is the same as or equivalent to the first peptide unit.


In another embodiment, the peptide may include one in which a third peptide unit, a fourth peptide unit, and a fifth peptide unit are linked in order. In particular, the third peptide unit is a peptide unit selected from the group consisting of unit-A, unit-B, unit-C, unit-D, and unit-E; and the fourth peptide unit and the fifth peptide unit each have a sequence which is the same as or equivalent to the third peptide unit.


In still another embodiment, the peptide may include one in which a sixth peptide unit, a seventh peptide unit, an eighth peptide unit, and a ninth peptide unit are linked in order. In particular, the third peptide unit is a peptide unit selected from the group consisting of unit-A, unit-B, unit-C, unit-D, and unit-E; and the seventh peptide unit, the eighth peptide unit, and the ninth peptide unit each have a sequence which is the same as or equivalent to the sixth peptide unit.


Concatemer Design 2—Formula

In an embodiment, the peptide may be a peptide represented by the following [Formula 1].











[Formula 1]




N-U1-U2- . . . Un-C







in which U1 to Un are each a peptide unit selected from the group consisting of unit-A, unit-B, unit-C, unit-D, and unit-E, and they have the constitutions of peptide units described above.


The U1 to Un have the same or equivalent sequence.


The n is an integer of 2 or greater.


Concatemer Design 3—Exemplary Sequences

In an embodiment, the peptide is a peptide selected from a group consisting of MRGSHHHHHHGSDDDDKIVDRNVPPIFNDVYWIAFZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZ RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZ(SEQ ID NO: 151), RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFCRFRGLISLSQVYLSZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZRNVPPIF NDVYWIAFCRFRGLISLSQVYLSZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZ(SEQ ID NO: 152), RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZCRFRGLISLSQVYLSRNVPPIF NDVYWIAFZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZCRFRGLISLSQVYLS(SEQ ID NO: 153), RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZILMQYIKANSKFIGIRNVPPIFN DVYWIAFZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZILMQYIKANSKFIGI(SEQ ID NO: 154), and RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZILMQYIKANSKFIGIRNVPPIFN DVYWIAFRNVPPIFNDVYWIAFZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZILMQYIKANSKFIGI RNVPPIFNDVYWIAF(SEQ ID NO: 155). In this case, the “a” denotes D-form alanine, the “Z” denotes 6-aminohexanoic acid, the “(Cha)” denotes L-cyclohexylalanine.


String-of-Beads Design 1—Overview

The peptide may be designed in the form of string-of-beads in which multiple peptide units having different sequences are linked. The peptide designed in the form of string-of-beads consists of 1) at least one kind of a peptide unit and 2) multiple peptide units having different sequences.


In an embodiment, the peptide may include one in which the first peptide unit and the second peptide unit are sequentially linked. In particular, the first peptide unit and the second peptide unit are each a peptide unit selected from the group consisting of unit-A, unit-B, unit-C, unit-D, and unit-E, and the first peptide unit and the second peptide unit have sequences different from each other.


In another embodiment, the peptide may include one in which the third peptide unit, the fourth peptide unit, and the fifth peptide unit are sequentially linked. In particular, the third peptide unit, the fourth peptide unit, and the fifth peptide are each a peptide unit selected from the group consisting of unit-A, unit-B, unit-C, unit-D, and unit-E; and the third peptide unit, the fourth peptide unit, and the fifth peptide unit have sequences different from one other.


Instill another embodiment, the peptide may include one in which the sixth peptide unit, the seventh peptide unit, the eighth peptide unit, and the ninth peptide unit are sequentially linked. In particular, the sixth peptide unit, the seventh peptide unit, the eighth peptide unit, and the ninth peptide unit are each a peptide unit selected from the group consisting of unit-A, unit-B, unit-C, unit-D, and unit-E; and the sixth peptide unit, the seventh peptide unit, the eighth peptide unit, and the ninth peptide unit have sequences different from one other.


String-of-Beads Design 2—Formula

In an embodiment, the peptide may be a peptide represented by the following [Formula 2]:











[Formula 2]



N-U1-U2- . . . -Un-C






in which U1 to Un are each a peptide unit selected from the group consisting of unit-A, unit-B, unit-C, unit-D, and unit-E, and they have the constitutions of peptide units described above.


The U1 to Un have the same or equivalent sequence.


The n is an integer of 2 or greater.


String-of-Beads Design 3—Exemplary Sequences

In an embodiment, the peptide may be a peptide of RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZRNVPPIFNDVYWIAFCRFRGLI SLSQVYLSZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZ (SEQ ID NO: 156), in which “a” denotes D-form alanine, Z denotes 6-aminohexanoic acid, and (Cha) denotes L-cyclohexylalanine,


Mixed Design 1—Overview

The peptide may be designed by appropriately mixing the above-mentioned 1) one unit design, 2) concatemer design, and 3) string-of-beads design. In an embodiment, the peptide may be designed by first designing a unit peptide according to the design methods described above, and then linking multiple unit peptides.


In an embodiment, the peptide may be one in which a first unit peptide and a second unit peptide are sequentially linked. In particular, the first unit peptide and the second unit peptide each have a peptide constitution according to any one of the one unit design, the concatemer design, and the string-of-beads design, and the sequence of the first unit peptide and the sequence of the second unit peptide are different from each other.


In another embodiment, the peptide may be one in which a third unit peptide, a fourth unit peptide, and a fifth unit peptide are sequentially linked. In particular, the third unit peptide, the fourth unit peptide, and the fifth unit peptide each have a peptide constitution according to any one of the one unit design, the concatemer design, and the string-of-beads design, and the sequences of the third unit peptide, the fourth unit peptide, and the fifth unit peptide are different from one other.


In still another embodiment, the peptide may be one in which a sixth unit peptide, a seventh unit peptide, an eighth unit peptide, and a ninth unit peptide are sequentially linked. In particular, the sixth unit peptide, the seventh unit peptide, the eighth unit peptide, and the ninth unit peptide each have a peptide constitution according to any one of the one unit design, the concatemer design, and the string-of-beads design, and the sequences of the sixth unit peptide, the seventh unit peptide, the eighth unit peptide, and the ninth unit peptide are different from one other.


Mixed Design 2—Formula

In an embodiment, the peptide may be a peptide represented by the following [Formula 3]:











[Formula 3]




N-P1-P2- . . . -Pn-C







in which P1 to Pn are each a unit peptide designed by a method selected from the group consisting of a one unit design, a concatemer design, and a string-of-beads design, and they have the designs and constitutions of peptides described above.


The n is an integer of 2 or greater.


Mixed Design 3—Exemplary Sequences

In an embodiment, the peptide is a peptide selected from a group consisting of RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZRNVPPIFNDVYWIAFZRNVPPI FNDVYWIAFZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZILMQYIKANSKFIGIZRNVPPIFNDVY WIAFZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZILMQYIKANSKFIGICRFRGLISLSQVYLS(SEQ ID NO: 157), and RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZRNVPPIFNDVYWIAFCRFRGLI SLSQVYLSZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZRNVPPIFNDVYWIAFCRFRGLISLSQVYLSZ aK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZRNVPPIFNDVYWIAFZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZRNVPPIF NDVYWIAFZRNVPPIFNDVYWIAFZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZILMQYIKANSKFIGI ZRNVPPIFNDVYWIAFZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZ ILMQYIKANSKFIGICRFRGLISLSQVYLS(SEQ ID NO: 158). In this case, the “a” denotes D-form alanine, the “Z” denotes 6-aminohexanoic acid, and the “(Cha)” denotes L-cyclohexylalanine.


Designing of Cyclic Form

The peptide may be designed to form a cyclic form. When the peptide is in a cyclic form, the stability in the body of a subject is increased; therefore, an improved effect can be expected when the peptide with a cyclic form is used as an immunotherapeutic. In an embodiment, with regard to the peptide designed by a design method selected from the group consisting of a one unit design, a concatemer design, a string-of-beads design, and a mixed design method, the peptide may be designed to further have an auxiliary part having a function for forming a cyclic form at the N-terminus and C-terminus. In another embodiment, with regard to the peptide designed by a design method selected from the group consisting of a one unit design, a concatemer design, a string-of-beads design, and a mixed design method, the peptide may be designed to further include an auxiliary part and to form a cyclic form through the auxiliary part.


Other Designs

The peptide may be designed by other methods as necessary, in addition to the design methods described above. In an embodiment, with regard to the peptide designed by a design method selected from the group consisting of a one unit design, a concatemer design, a string-of-beads design, and a mixed design method, the peptide may further include one or more auxiliary parts, one or more B-cell epitopes, and/or one or more Th epitopes.


Sequences Similar to Peptide Units and/or Peptides Disclosed


In the present specification, peptide units and/or peptide which have a sequence similar to those disclosed in the paragraphs of “unit-A design”, “unit-B design”, “unit-C design”. “unit-D design”, “unit-E design”, and “peptide design” above are disclosed.


In an embodiment, the peptide unit may have a sequence having an identity of 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% to any one of the sequences disclosed in the paragraphs of “unit-A design”, “unit-B design”, “unit-C design”, “unit-D design”, and “unit-E design”. In another embodiment, the peptide unit may have a sequence that matches with any one of the sequences disclosed in the paragraphs of “unit-A design”, “unit-B design”, “unit-C design”, “unit-D design”, and “unit-E design” by at least a numerical value selected in the immediately preceding sentence. In still another embodiment, the peptide unit may have a sequence which has an identity of 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% to any one selected from SEQ ID NO: 56 to SEQ ID NO: 150, SEQ ID NO: 160 to SEQ ID NO: 161, and SEQ ID NO: 198 to SEQ ID NO: 220. In still another embodiment, the peptide unit may have a sequence which matches with any one of the sequences disclosed selected from SEQ ID NO: 56 to SEQ ID NO: 150, SEQ ID NO: 160 to SEQ ID NO: 161, and SEQ ID NO; 198 to SEQ ID NO: 220 by at least a numerical value selected in the immediately preceding sentence. For example, the peptide unit may have a sequence which has an identity of 90° % or more to SEQ ID NO: 56.


In still another embodiment, the peptide may have a sequence which has an identity of 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% to any one of the sequences disclosed in the paragraph of “peptide design”. In still another embodiment, the peptide may have a sequence that matches with any one of the sequences disclosed in the paragraph of “peptide design” by at least a numerical value selected in the immediately preceding sentence. In still another embodiment, the peptide may have a sequence which has an identity of 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, or 100% to any one selected from SEQ ID NO: 151 to SEQ ID NO: 158. In still another embodiment, the peptide may have a sequence that matches with any one of SEQ ID NO: 151 to SEQ ID NO: 158 by at least a numerical value selected in the immediately preceding sentence. For example, the peptide may have a sequence which has an identity of 90% or more to SEQ ID NO: 151.


Use of Peptides
Use of Peptides—Overview

The peptides provided herein are suitable as an immunotherapeutic because they have the following characteristics when introduced into the body of a subject: 1) they induce the production of antibodies that specifically bind to intentionally designed B-cell epitopes, and 2) they induce the production of uniform antibodies. Therefore, the peptides can be used as an immunotherapeutic. In an embodiment, the peptides provided herein can be used as an immunotherapeutic for obesity. In another embodiment, the peptide units and/or peptides including the same provided herein may be used for the treatment of obesity.


Use of Peptides for Treatment of Obesity

The peptides provided herein include a B-cell epitope. In an embodiment, the B-cell epitope may be a B-cell epitope included in SEQ ID NOS: 41 to 75. In particular, the B-cell epitope is known to induce antibodies having an ability to bind to ApoB-100 (U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/378,707, PCT/KR2005/000784, and Kim et al., 2016. An apolipoprotein B100 mimotope prevents obesity in mice. Clinical Science 130, 105-116). It is known from the prior documents above that when an antibody having an ability to bind to ApoB-100 is induced by the B-cell epitope in the body of a subject, it has an immunotherapeutic effect on obesity. Accordingly, in the present specification, the uses of the peptides for the treatment of obesity and a method thereof are disclosed. In order to describe the immunotherapeutic effects of the peptides on obesity. U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/378,707, PCT/KR2005/000784, and Kim et al., 2016, An apolipoprotein B100 mimotope prevents obesity in mice, Clinical Science 130, 105-116 are incorporated herein by reference. In the event of a conflict between the referenced part and the description of the present specification, it should be construed that the description in the present specification takes precedence over the referenced part


Pharmaceutical Composition Including Peptide

The present specification discloses a pharmaceutical composition including the peptide described above. The peptide can be used as an immunotherapeutic and has in common with vaccines in that it induces a humoral immunity when injected into the body. Therefore, those skilled in the art may include, in the pharmaceutical composition including the peptide, an appropriate constitution that can be added for administration of general vaccines and/or to enhance the effect of inducing an immune response. For example, the pharmaceutical composition may include the formulated peptide, pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, supplements and/or adjuvants, but are not limited thereto. Specifically, the pharmaceutical composition may include water, saline, dextrose, ethanol, glycerol, sodium chloride, dextrose, mannitol, sorbitol, lactose, gelatin, albumin, aluminum hydroxide, Freund's Incomplete Adjuvant and Complete Adjuvant (Pifco Laboratories, Detroit, Mich.), Merck adjuvant 65 (Merck and Company, Inc., Rahway, NJ.), aluminum hydroxide gel (Alum), or aluminum salts such as aluminum phosphate, AS04 series, MF, squalene, MF59, QS21, calcium, iron or zinc salts, insoluble suspensions of acylated tyrosine, acylated fructose, cationically or anionically derived poly saccharides, polyphosphazenes, biodegradable microspheres, Quil A, toll-like receptor (TLR) agonists, PHAD [Avanti polar lipid, Monophosphoryl Lipid A (synthetic)], monophosphoryl lipid A (MPL, monophosphoryl Lipid A), synthetic lipid A, lipid A mimics or analogues, aluminum salts, cytokines, saponins, prolactin, growth hormone deoxycholic acid, betaglucan, polyribonucleotides, muramyl dipeptide (MDP) derivatives, CppG oligos, gram-negative bacterial lipopolysaccharide (LPS), polyphosphazene, emulsion, virosome, cochleate, poly(lactide-co-glycolide) (PLG) microparticles, poloxamer particles, microparticles, liposomes, or an appropriate combination thereof.


Manufacturing Method of the Peptides

The peptides provided herein may be prepared by a known method that can be adopted by those skilled in the art, and the preparation method is not particularly limited. In an embodiment, the peptide may be prepared by a recombinant protein preparation method. In another embodiment, the peptide may be chemically synthesized. Specifically, the peptide may be synthesized by a liquid-phase peptide synthesis method, a solid-phase peptide synthesis method, or a convergent method of small peptide fragments, but the methods are not limited thereto.


Nucleic Acid Encoding Peptide Unit and/or Peptide


Nucleic Acid Encoding Peptide Unit and/or Peptide—Overview


In the present specification, nucleic acids which encode peptide units and/or peptides disclosed above (hereinafter, “encoding nucleic acid”) are disclosed. While the peptide units and peptides disclosed herein may include nonstandard amino acids, there are no codons corresponding to the nonstandard amino acids in nature. Therefore, the nonstandard amino acids cannot be encoded by a general method. Accordingly, it is necessary to replace these nonstandard amino acids with appropriate standard amino acids to encode them in the form of nucleic acids. When the peptide unit and/or peptide do not include a nonstandard amino acid, the encoding nucleic acid can be designed using a nucleic acid codon corresponding to each standard amino acid.


For convenience of description, in the present specification, the peptide unit and/or peptide including the substitution of the nonstandard amino acid with an appropriate standard amino acid; and the peptide unit and/or peptide including only standard amino acids are referred to as a target peptide to be encoded, and the DNA and/or RNA encoding the target peptide to be encoded is referred to as an encoding nucleic acid. In particular, when the peptide unit and/or peptide do not include a nonstandard amino acid, the peptide unit and/or peptide has the same amino acid sequence as the target peptide to be encoded.


As used herein, the term “target peptide to be encoded” is a conceptual term introduced to easily describe the resultant encoding nucleic acid, and is independent of the method or procedure for preparing the encoding nucleic acid.


Design of Target Peptide to be Encoded

When a peptide unit and peptide disclosed herein include a nonstandard amino acid, the target peptide to be encoded is designed by replacing the same with an appropriate standard amino acid. When a peptide unit and peptide disclosed herein do not include a nonstandard amino acid, the corresponding target peptide to be encoded has the same sequence as the peptide unit and peptide. In an embodiment, the target peptide to be encoded may be one in which the nonstandard amino acid is replaced with any standard amino acid. In another embodiment, the target peptide to be encoded may be one in which the nonstandard amino acid is replaced with a standard amino acid that is identical to the same or has an equivalent function. In still another embodiment, the target peptide to be encoded may have a same sequence as the peptide unit and/or the peptide. In particular, the peptide unit and/or peptide are characterized by having no nonstandard amino acids,


Embodiments of Designing Target Peptide to be Encoded—Cases Including PADRE

The peptide unit and peptide disclosed herein include one or more Th epitopes. In particular, when the Th epitope is a sequence named PADRE disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 305,871, it may include a nonstandard amino acid, L-cyclohexylalanine. According to the literature, the L-cyclohexylalanine may have both a function of protecting the PADRE from a peptide degrading enzyme and a function of an anchor residue capable of binding to MHC Class II. Therefore, the target peptide to be encoded is designed by replacing the L-cyclohexylalanine with an appropriate standard amino acid having the same or equivalent function. In an embodiment, the L-cyclohexylalanine may be substituted with any standard amino acid. In another embodiment, the L-cyclohexylalanine may be substituted with phenylalanine or tyrosine. In still another embodiment, the sequence of the target peptide to be encoded corresponding to the PADRE may be KFVAAWTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 195), KYVAAWTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 196), or KXVAAWTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 197), in which the X refers to any standard amino acid.


Embodiments of Sequence of Target Peptide to be Encoded

In an embodiment, a sequence of the target peptide to be encoded is selected from RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFXXKXVAAWTLKAAXXCRFRGLISLSQVYLS(SEQ ID NO: 198), RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFXXKXVAAWTLKAAXXGSHHHHHHGSDDDDK(SEQ ID NO: 199), GSHHHHHHGSDDDDKXXKXVAAWTLKAAXXRNVPPIFNDVYWIAF(SEQ ID NO. 200), KTTKQSFDLSVKAQYKKNKHXXKXVAAWkTLKAAXXCRFRGLISLSQVYLS(SEQ ID NO: 201), RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFCRFRGLISLSQVYLSXXK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAXX(SEQ ID NO: 202), RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFXPKYVKQNTLKLATXCRFRGLISLSQVYLS(SEQ ID NO: 203), RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFXXKXVAAWTLKAAXX(SEQ ID NO: 204), RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFKXVAAWTLKAA(SEQ ID NO: 205), RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFKXVAAWTLKAAHHHHHH(SEQ ID NO: 206), RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFXXKXVAAWTLKAACRFRGLISLSQVYLS(SEQ ID NO: 207), RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFXXKXVAAWTLKAACR(SEQ ID NO: 208), RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFXXKFVAAWTLKAAXXCRFRGLISLSQVYLS(SEQ ID NO: 209), RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFXXKFVAAWTLKAAXX(SEQ ID NO: 210), RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFXXKFVAAWTLKAACRFRGLISLSQVYLS(SEQ ID NO: 211), and RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFXXKFVAAWTLKAACR(SEQ ID NO: 212). In this case, the “X” denotes any standard amino acid.


Design of Encoding Nucleic Acid 1—Nucleic Acid Codon Based

The encoding nucleic acid disclosed herein refers to a nucleic acid codon encoding the encoding target peptide. Since the sequences of the target peptides to be encoded are all standard amino acids, the encoding nucleic acid is designed based on the nucleic acid codon corresponding to each amino acid of the target peptide to be encoded. In particular, since one or more nucleic acid codons can correspond to one standard amino acid, two or more encoding nucleic acids encoding one target peptide to be encoded can eventually be designed. In an embodiment, the encoding nucleic acid may be a DNA and/or RNA codon encoding the target peptide to be encoded. In another embodiment, the encoding nucleic acid may have a DNA and/or RNA sequence, which is capable of a complementary binding to a DNA and/or RNA codon encoding the target peptide to be encoded.


The sequence of the encoding nucleic acid may be codon optimized, which is described in more detail below.


Design of Encoding Nucleic Acid 2—Codon Optimization

As described above, if the encoding nucleic acid is designed by simply linking the nucleic acid codon corresponding to each amino acid of the target peptide to be encoded, multiple encoding nucleic acids may be designed for one target nucleic acid to be encoded. Since 1 to 6 nucleic acid codons correspond per standard amino acid on average, the number of possible nucleic acid codon combinations increases exponentially as the amino acid sequence length increases. However, not all of these combinations are of equal importance. In general, there is a combination of nucleic acid codons capable of better expressing the target peptide to be encoded in cells, the combination may vary depending on the higher-order structure of the sequence itself, the type of the target cell into which the encoding nucleic acid is to be injected, etc. Discovering a combination of such a nucleic acid codon and specifying the discovered combination as a sequence of an encoding nucleic acid is called codon optimization. There is not necessarily only one codon-optimized sequence for one coding target peptide, and there may be two or more codon-optimized sequences.


In an embodiment, the encoding nucleic acid may have a codon optimized DNA and/or RNA sequence. In another embodiment, the encoding nucleic acid may have non-codon optimized DNA and/or RNA sequences.


Codon Optimization of Encoding Nucleic Acid 1—Consideration of Higher-Order Structure of Encoding Nucleic Acid

Codon optimization of the encoding nucleic acid may be performed in consideration of a higher-order structure of the nucleic acid sequence itself. In an embodiment, the encoding nucleic acid may be codon-optimized in consideration of the GC contents of the sequence. In another embodiment, the sequence of the encoding nucleic acid may have a GC content in the range of about less than 1%, about 1%, about 2%, about 3%, about 4%, about 5%, about 6%, about 7%, about 8%, about 9%, about 10%, about 11%, about 12%, about 13%, about 14%, about 15%, about 16%, about 17%, about 18%, about 19%, about 20%, about 21%, about 22%, about 23%, about 24%, about 25%, about 26%, about 27%, about 28%, about 29%, about 30%, about 31%, about 32%, about 33%, about 34%, about 35%, about 36%, about 37%, about 38%, about 39%, about 40%, about 41%, about 42%, about 43%, about 44%, about 45%, about 46%, about 47%, about 48%, about 49%, about 50%, about 51%, about 52%, about 53%, about 54%, about 55%, about 56%, about 57%, about 58%, about 59%, about 60%, about 61%, about 62%, about 63%, about 64%, about 65%, about 66%, about 67%, about 68%, about 69%, about 70%, about 71%, about 72%, about 73%, about 74%, about 75%, about 76%, about 77%, about 78%, about 79%, about 80%, about 81%, about 82%, about 83%, about 84%, about 85%, about 86%, about 87%, about 88%, about 89%, about 90%, about 91%, about 92%, about 93%, about 94%, about 95%, about 96%, about 97%, about 98%, about 99%, or about 100%. In still another embodiment, the sequence of the encoding nucleic acid may have a GC content within the numerical range selected in the immediately preceding sentence. For example, the sequence of the encoding nucleic acid may have a GC content in the range of about 20% to about 50%. In still another embodiment, the sequence of the encoding nucleic acid may have a GC content less than the value selected in the immediately preceding sentence. For example, the sequence of the encoding nucleic acid may have a GC content of less than about 25%.


Codon Optimization of Encoding Nucleic Acid 2—Consideration of Target Cells to be Expressed

Codon optimization of the encoding nucleic acid may be achieved inconsideration of into which cell the encoding nucleic acid is to be injected and expressed. In an embodiment, the codon optimization of the encoding nucleic acid may be achieved in consideration of the codon usage in prokaryotic or eukaryotic cells. In another embodiment, the codon optimization of the encoding nucleic acid may be achieved in consideration of codon usage of animal cells. In still another embodiment, the codon optimization of the encoding nucleic acid may be achieved in consideration of mammalian codon usage. In still another embodiment, the codon optimization of the encoding nucleic acid may be achieved in consideration of human codon usage. In still another embodiment, the encoding nucleic acid may be E. coli codon optimized one. In still another embodiment, the encoding nucleic acid may be mammalian codon optimized one. In still another embodiment, the encoding nucleic acid may be human codon optimized one.


Embodiments of Encoding Nucleic Acid Sequences

In an embodiment, the encoding nucleic acid may be represented by a sequence selected from 5′-CGTAATGTTCCTCCTATCTTCAATGATGTTTATTGGATTGCATTCNNNNN NAAGNNNGTGGCAGCTTGGACCCTGAAGGCAGCANNNNNNTGCCGTTTCC GTGGACTGATTTCCCTGTCCCAGGTTTATCTGTCC-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 248), 5′-CGTAATGTTCCTCCTATCTTCAATGATGTTTATTGGATTGCATTCNNNNN NAAGTTCGTGGCAGCTTGGACCCTGAAGGCAGCANNNNNNTGCCGTTTCC GTGGACTGATTTCCCTGTCCCAGGTTTATCTGTCC-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 249), 49 5′-CGTAATGTTCCTCCTATCTTCAATGATGTTTATTGGATTGCATTCNNNNN NAAGTATGTGGCAGCTTGGACCCTGAAGGCAGCANNNNNNTGCCGTTTCC GTGGACTGATFTCCCTGTCCCAGGTTTATCTGTCC-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 250), 5′-CGTAATGTTCCTCCTATCTTCAATGATGTTTATTGGATTGCATTCNNNNN NAAGNNNGTGGCAGCTTGGACCCTGAAGGCAGCANNNNNNGGATCGCATC ACCATCACCATCACGGATCCGATGATGATGACAAG-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 251), 5′-ACGTAATGTTCCTCCTATCTTCAATGATGTITATTGGATTGCATTCNNNN NNAAGTTCGTGGCAGCTTGGACCCTGAAGGCAGCANNNNNNGGATCGCAT CACCATCACCATCACGGATCCGATGATGATGACAAG-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 252), 5′-CGTAATGTTCCTCCTATCTTCAATGATGTTTATTGGATTGCATTCNNNNN NAAGTATGTGGCAGCTTGGACCCTGAAGGCAGCANNNNNNGGATCGCATC ACCATCACCATCACGGATCCGATGATGATGACAAG-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 253), 5′-GGATCGCATCACCATCACCATCACGGATCCGATGATGATGACAAGNNNN NNAAGNNNGTGGCAGCTTGGACCCTGAAGGCAGCANNNNNNCGTAATGTT CCTCCTATCTTCAATGATGTTTATTGGATTGCATTC-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 254), 5′-GGATCGCATCACCATCACCATCACGGATCCGATGATGATGACAAGNNNN NNAAGTTCGTGGCAGCTTGGACCCTGAAGGCAGCANNNNNNCGTAATGTT CCTCCTATCTTCAATGATGTTTATTGGATTGCATTC-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 255), 5′-GGATCGCATCACCATCACCATCACGGATCCGATGATGATGACAAGNNNN NNAAGTATGTGGCAGCTTGGACCCTGAAGGCAGCANNNNNNCGTAATGTT CCTCCTATCTTCAATGATGTTTATTGGATTGCATTC-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 256), 5′-AAAACGACAAAGCAATCATTTGATTTAAGTGTAAAAGCTCAGTATNNNN NNAAGNNNGTGGCAGCTTGGACCCTGAAGGCAGCANNNNNNTGCCGTTTC CGTGGACTGATTTCCCTGTCCCAGGTTTATCTGTCC-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 257), 5′-AAAACGACAAAGCAATCATTTGATTTAAGTGTAAAAGCTCAGTATNNNN NNAAGTTCGTGGCAGCTTGGACCCTGAAGGCAGCANNNNNNTGCCGTTTC CGTGGACTGATfTCCCTGTCCCAGGTTTATCTGTCC-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 258), 5′-AAAACGACAAAGCAATCATTTGATTTAAGTGTAAAAGCTCAGTATNNNN NNAAGTATGTGGCAGCTTGGACCCTGAAGGCAGCANNNNNNTGCCGTTTC CGTGGACTGATTTCCCTGTCCCAGGTTTATCTGTCC-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 259), 5′-CGTAATGTTCCTCCTATCTTCAATGATGTTTATTGGATTGCATTCTGCCGT TTCCGTGGACTGATTTCCCTGTCCCAGGTFTATCTGTCCNNNNNNAAGNNN GTGGCAGCTTGGACCCTGAAGGCAGCANNNNNN-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 260), 5′-CGTAATGTTCCTCCTATCTTCAATGATGTTTATTGGATTGCATTCTGCCGT TTCCGTGGACTGATTTCCCTGTCCCAGGTTTATCTGTCCNNNNNNAAGTTCG TGGCAGCTTGGACCCTGAAGGCAGCANNNNNN-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 261), 5′-CGTAATGTTCCTCCTATCTTC AATGATGTTATTGGATGCATTCTGCCGT TTCCGTGGACTGATTTCCCTGTCCCAGGTTTATCTGTCCNNNNNNAAGTATG 50 TGGCAGCTTGGACCCTGAAGGCAGCANNNNNN-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 262), 5′-CGTAATGTTCCTCCTATCTTCAATGATGTTTATTGGATTGCATTCNNNCCT AAGTATGTGAAGCAGAATACACTGAAGCTGGCAACCNNNTGCCGTTTCCGT GGACTGATTTCCCTGTCCCAGGTTTATCTGTCC-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 263), 5′-CGTAATGTTCCTCCTATCTTCAATGATGTTTATTGGATTGCATTCNNNNN NAAGNNNGTGGCAGCTTGGACCCTGAAGGCAGCANNNNNN-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 264), 5′-CGTAATGTTCCTCCTATCTTCAATGATGTTTATTGGATTGCATTCNNNNN NAAGTTCGTGGCAGCTTGGACCCTGAAGGCAGCANNNNNN-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 265), 5′-CGTAATGTTCCTCCTATCTTCAATGATGTTTATTGGATTGCATTCNNNNN NAAGTATGTGGCAGCTTGGACCCTGAAGGCAGCANNNNNN-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 266), 5′-CGTAATGTTCCTCCTATCTTCAATGATGTTTATTGGATTGCATTCAAGNN NGTGGCAGCTTGGACCCTGAAGGCAGCA-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 267), 5′-CGTAATGTTCCTCCTATCTTCAATGATGTTTATTGGATTGCATTCAAGTTC GTGGCAGCTTGGACCCTGAAGGCAGCA-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 268), 5′-CGTAATGTTCCTCCTATCTTCAATGATGTTTATTGGATTGCATTCAAGTAT GTGGCAGCTTGGACCCTGAAGGCAGCA-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 269), 5′-CGTAATGTTCCTCCTATCTTCAATGATGTTTATTGGATTGCATTCAAGNN NGTGGCAGCTTGGACCCTGAAGGCAGCACATCACCATCACCATCAC-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 270), 5′-CGTAATGTTCCTCCTATCTTCAATGATGTTTATTGGATTGCATTCAAGTTC GTGGCAGCTTGGACCCTGAAGGCAGCACATCACCATCACCATCAC-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 271), 5′-CGTAATGTTCCTCCTATCTTCAATGATGTTATTGGATGCATTCAAGTAT GTGGCAGCTTGGACCCTGAAGGCAGCACATCACCATCACCATCAC-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 272), 5′-CGTAATGTTCCTCCTATCTTCAATGATGTTTATTGGATTGCATTCNNNNN NAAGNNNGTGGCAGCTTGGACCCTGAAGGCAGCATGCCGTTTCCGTGGAC TGATTTCCCTGTCCCAGGTTTATCTGTCC-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 273), 5′-CGTAATGTTCCTCCTATCTTCAATGATGTTTATTGGATTGCATTCNNNNN NAAGTTCGTGGCAGCTTGGACCCTGAAGGCAGCATGCCGTTTCCGTGGACT GATTTCCCTGTCCCAGGTTTATCTGTCC-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 274), 5′-CGTAATGTTCCTCCTATCTTCAATGATGTTTATTGGATTGCATTCNNNNN NAAGTATGTGGCAGCTTGGACCCTGAAGGCAGCATGCCGTTTCCGTGGACT GATTTCCCTGTCCCAGGTTTATCTGTCC-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 275), 5′-CGTAATGTTCCTCCTATCTTCAATGATGTTTATTGGATTGCATTCNNNNN 51 NAAGNNNGTGGCAGCTTGGACCCTGAAGGCAGCATGCCGT-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 276), 5′-CGTAATGTTCCTCCTATCTTCAATGATGTTTATTGGATTGCATTCNNNNN NAAGTTCGTGGCAGCTTGGACCCTGAAGGCAGCATGCCGT-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 277), and 5′-CGTAATGTTCCTCCTATCTTCAATGATGTTTATTGGATTGCATTCNNNNN NAAGTATGTGGCAGCTTGGACCCTGAAGGCAGCATGCCGT-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 278).


In an embodiment, the encoding nucleic acid may be represented by an RNA sequence equivalent to the sequence selected from SEQ ID NO: 248 to SEQ ID NO: 278.


In another embodiment, the encoding nucleic acid may be one in which at least one codon is substituted with a codon encoding the same amino acid in the sequence selected from SEQ ID NO: 248 to SEQ ID NO: 278. For example, the encoding nucleic acid may be one in which the first codon (the first to third nucleic acids at the 5′ end) in the SEQ ID NO: 248 sequences (i.e., CGT) is substituted with CGC, CGG, CGA, AGA, or AGG.


In still another embodiment, the encoding nucleic acid may be represented by an RNA sequence equivalent to that in the sequence selected from SEQ ID NO: 248 to SEQ ID NO: 278, in which one or more codons are substituted with a codon encoding the same amino acid.


Pharmaceutical Composition Including Nucleic Acid Encoding Peptide Unit and/or Peptide


Pharmaceutical Composition Including Encoding Nucleic Acid—Overview

The present specification provides a pharmaceutical composition including a nucleic acid encoding a peptide unit and/or peptide (i.e., encoding nucleic acid). In order to deliver the encoding nucleic acid to a subject to exhibit an intended effect of inducing an immune response, it needs to formulate the encoding nucleic acid by an appropriate method. The encoding nucleic acid may be formulated by a known method, for example, methods disclosed in W. K. KIM (2019, mRNA vaccine—new era in vaccinology, BRIC View 2019-R11), Zhang et al. (2019, Advances in mRNA Vaccines for Infectious Diseases, Frontiers in Immunology. Vol. 10, Article 594), Reichmuth et al. (2016, mRNA vaccine delivery using lipid nanoparticles, Therapeutic Delivery, 7(5), 319-334). Miao et al. (2021, mRNA vaccine for cancer immunotherapy, Molecular Cancer, 20:41), Boen et al. (2021, Identification of T Cell Ligands in a Library of Peptides Covalently Attached to HLA-DR4, The Journal of Immunology, 165:2040-2047), Pardi et al. (2018, mRNA vaccines—a new era in vaccinology, Nature Reviews, Vol. 17, 261-279) and Korean Patent Application No. 10-2017-0054429, but the method is not limited thereto.


The pharmaceutical composition including the encoding nucleic acid may further include adjuvants and/or additional ingredients, in addition to the formulated encoding nucleic acid. In an embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition including the encoding nucleic acid includes the following: formulated encoding nucleic acids; optionally, adjuvants; and optionally, additional ingredients.


Formulated Encoding Nucleic Acid

The formulated encoding nucleic acid may be formulated by those skilled in the art by selecting an appropriate delivery means (vector) for the encoding nucleic acid. The encoding nucleic acid may be formulated using a viral vector and/or anon-viral vector. In an embodiment, the formulated encoding nucleic acid may include a viral vector. In another embodiment, the formulated encoding nucleic acid may include a non-viral vector. Specifically, the non-viral vector may include lipids, polymers, and inorganic nanoparticles, but is not limited thereto.


In still another embodiment, the formulated encoding nucleic acid may include one or more selected from the following:


a naked nucleic acid; a cationic peptide-complex nucleic acid (protamine); positively-charged oil-water cationic nanoemulsion (cationic nanoemulsion); a nucleic acid which is bound to chemically a modified dendrimer, and complexed with polyethylene glycol and PEG-lipids (modified dendrimer nanoparticle); a nucleic acid complexed with protamine in PEG-lipid nanoparticles (protamine liposome); a nucleic acid complexed with a cationic polymer (e.g., polyethylenimine (PET)) (cationic polymer); a nucleic acid complexed with cationic polymers such as PEI and lipid components(cationic polymer liposomes); a nucleic acid complexed with a polysaccharide polymer (e.g., chitosan) (polysaccharide particles); a nucleic acid complexed with cationic lipid nanoparticle polymers (cationic lipid nanoparticle); a nucleic acid complexed with cationic lipid and cholesterol (cationic lipid-cholesterol nanoparticles); and a nucleic acid complexed with cationic lipid, cholesterol, and PEG-lipid (cationic lipid-cholesterol-PEG nanoparticles).


In still another embodiment, the formulated encoding nucleic acid may include lipid nanoparticles (LNPs). In the specific embodiment above, the lipid nanoparticles may be ionizable cationic lipids, phospholipids, cholesterol, and/or lipid-anchored polyethylene glycol. Specifically, the ionizable cationic lipid may be one or more selected from the following: DLin-DMA; DLin-KC2-DMA; DLin-MC3-DMA; C12-200; cKK-E12; DLin-MC3-DMA derivative L319 (Alnylam and AlCana Technologies); C12-200 and cKK-E12 derivative (Anderson Group); COVID-19 vaccine lipid ALC-0315 and SM-102; TT3 and biodegradable derivative FTT5 (Dong's group); vitamin-derived lipids ssPalmE and VcLNP; A9 (Acuitas); L5 (Modema); A18 Lipid; ATX Lipid (LUNAR@ composition; Arcturus); and LPO1 (Intellia Therapeutics). Specifically, the phospholipid may be one or more selected from the following: 1,2-dioleoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphoethanolamine (DOPE); and 1,2-distearoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine (DSPC).


In a specific embodiment, the formulated encoding nucleic acid may include a polymer-based delivery system. In the specific embodiment, the polymer-based delivery system may include one or more selected from the following: polyethyleneimine (PEI); polyamidoamine (PAMAM); polypropyleneimine; and a polymer-based dendrimer.


In still another embodiment, the formulated encoding nucleic acid may include a peptide-based delivery system. In the specific embodiment, the peptide-based delivery system may include protamine. Specifically, the formulated encoding nucleic acid may be a protamine-mRNA complex.


In still another embodiment, the formulated encoding nucleic acid may include cationic lipid constituting liposomes, lipoplexes and/or cationic emulsions (CNE). In the specific embodiment, the cationic lipid may be 1,2-di-O-octadecenyl-3-trimethylammonium propane (DOTMA) and/or 1,2-dioleoyl3-trimethylammonium-propane (DOTAP).


Adjuvants

In an embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition including the encoding nucleic acid may include lipid nanoparticles (LNPs), aluminum salts, 1,2-dioleyl-3-trimethylammonium-propane chloride, MF59 (Novartis) adjuvant, CD70, CD40 ligand (CD40L), TriMix, protamine acting through TLR7 signaling, and/or bacteria-derived monophosphoryl lipid A, as adjuvants.


Ingredients

In an embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition including the encoding nucleic acid may optionally include various additional ingredients. In another embodiment, the additional ingredients may be one or more selected from the following:


lipids: salts to balance body acidity; sucrose to maintain stability during repeated freezing-thawing; and vaccine stability enhancing substances


Specifically, the lipid may be SM-102, PEG2000-DMG, DPSC, cholesterol, and/or ALC-0315, but is not limited thereto. Specifically, the salt may be sodium acetate, potassium chloride, monobasic potassium phosphate, sodium chloride, and/or dibasic sodium phosphate dehydrate, but is not limited thereto. Specifically, the vaccine stability enhancing substance may be acetic acid, an acid stabilizer (tromethamine), and/or ethanol, but is not limited thereto.


The Peptide—Summary

The peptide provided herein includes at least one peptide unit, and the peptide unit includes at least one B-cell epitope and at least one Th epitope, and may include an appropriate number of auxiliary parts. The peptide unit is a part designed to uniformly induce only the intended antibody while exhibiting a certain level of immunogenicity in the body of a subject. In addition, since the peptide unit is designed with a relatively short length, it has the characteristics of easy synthesis and a low production cost. The peptide has properties suitable for use as an immunotherapeutic due to the characteristics of the peptide unit described above. In the present specification, the design principles of the peptide and the peptide unit are disclosed in detail.


The names for each part of the peptide disclosed herein (e.g., an auxiliary part) are given for convenience of explanation. Accordingly, the scope and name for each part may vary depending on the viewpoint. For example, the auxiliary part may be referred to as a protective part, a dummy part, and/or a linker, but is not limited thereto. For another example, the B-cell epitope may be referred to as a Th-epitope-protective epitope, but is not limited thereto.


POSSIBLE EXAMPLES OF THE INVENTION

Hereinafter, possible examples of the invention provided in the present specification are listed. The following Examples provided in this paragraph merely correspond to embodiments of the invention. Therefore, the invention provided in the present specification cannot be interpreted as being limited to the following examples.


Symbols Used in Each Example

Hereinafter, symbols used for a brief description of each Example, in addition to numbers to distinguish each Example, will be described.


“B” denotes a B-cell epitope. “T” denotes Th epitope. “A” denotes an auxiliary part (Auxiliary part). “U” denotes a peptide unit.


When each component is linked by “-”, the component means that the components on either side of the “-” are directly linked or linked through any other component. For example, when it is described as B-T, it includes all of the peptides in which a B-cell epitope and a Th epitope are directly linked, and a peptide in which a B-cell epitope and a T epitope are linked via any other sequence.


If necessary, each component may be marked with a subscript number, representing that the two components are different. For example, when expressed as B1-B2-T, B1 and B2 represent different B-cell epitopes.


The above symbols are only those for schematically describing Examples, and they should not be interpreted by limiting Examples with these symbols.


Peptide Unit 1
Example 1. Peptide Unit that can Induce Humoral Immunity

A peptide unit that can induce a humoral immunity by being recognized by CD4+ T-cells, including the following: at least one Th epitope; and at least one B-cell epitope, in which the peptide unit is characterized in that the length of the Th epitope is 8mer, 9mer, 10 mer, 11mer, 12mer, 13mer, 14mer, 15mer, 16mer, 17mer, 18mer, 19mer, 20mer, 21mer, 22mer, 23mer, 24mer, 25mer, 26mer, 27mer, 28mer, 29mer, or 30mer; the length of the B-cell epitope is 8mer, 9mer, 10 mer, 11mer, 12mer, 13mer, 14mer, 15mer, 16mer, 17mer, 18mer, 19mer, 20mer, 21mer, 22mer, 23mer, 24mer, 25mer, 26mer, 27mer, 28mer, 29mer, 30mer, 31mer, or 32mer; and the length of the peptide unit is 16mer, 17mer, 18mer, 19mer, 20mer, 21mer, 22mer, 23mer, 24mer, 25mer, 26mer, 27mer, 28mer, 29mer, 30mer, 31mer, 32mer, 33mer, 34mer, 35mer, 36mer, 37mer, 38mer, 39mer, 40mer, 41mer, 42mer, 43mer, 44mer, 45mer, 46mer, 47mer, 48mer, 49mer, 50mer, 51mer, 52mer, 53mer, 54mer, 55mer, 56mer, 57mer, 58mer, 59mer, 60mer, 61mer, 62mer, 63mer, 64mer, 65mer, 66mer, 67mer, 68mer, 69mer, 70mer, 71mer, 72mer, 73mer, 74mer, 75mer, 76mer, 77mer, 78mer, 79mer, 80mer, 81mer, 82mer, 83mer, 84mer, 85mer, 86mer, 87mer, 88mer, 89mer, 90mer, 91mer, 92mer, 93mer, 94mer, 95mer, 96mer, 97mer, 98mer, 99mer, or 100mer.


Example 2. Peptide Unit that Induces Antibodies Targeting Apolipoprotein B-100

A peptide unit that can induce a humoral immunity by being recognized by CD4+ T-cells, including the following: at least one Th epitope; and at least one B-cell epitope, in which the peptide unit is characterized in that the length of the Th epitope is 8mer, 9mer, 10 mer, 11 mer, 12mer, 13mer, 14mer, 15mer, 16mer, 17mer, 18mer, 19mer, 20mer, 21mer, 22mer, 23mer, 24mer, 25mer, 26mer, 27mer, 28mer, 29mer, or 30mer; the B-cell epitope is able to induce antibodies that target apolipoprotein B-100; and the length of the peptide unit is 16mer, 17mer, 18mer, 19mer, 20mer, 21mer, 22mer, 23mer, 24mer, 25mer, 26mer, 27mer, 28mer, 29mer, 30mer, 31 mer, 32mer, 33mer, 34mer, 35mer, 36mer, 37mer, 38mer, 39mer, 40mer, 41mer, 42mer, 43mer, 44mer, 45mer, 46mer, 47mer, 48mer, 49mer, 50mer, 51mer, 52mer, 53mer, 54mer, 55mer, 56mer, 57mer, 58mer, 59mer, 60mer, 61mer, 62mer, 63mer, 64mer, 65mer, 66mer, 67mer, 68mer, 69mer, 70mer, 71mer, 72mer, 73mer, 74mer, 75mer, 76mer, 77mer, 78mer, 79mer, 80mer, 81mer, 82mer, 83mer, 84mer, 85mer, 86mer, 87mer, 88mer, 89mer, 90mer, 91mer, 92mer, 93mer, 94mer, 95mer, 96mer, 97mer, 98mer, 99mer, or 100mer.


Example 3. Peptide Unit that Induces Antibody which Targets Apolipoprotein B-100 Included in LDL and/or VLDL

The peptide unit of Example 2, wherein the B-cell epitope is characterized in that it induces an antibody targeting a site selected from the following: an externally exposed site of apolipoprotein B-100 included in low-density lipoprotein (LDL); and an externally exposed site of apolipoprotein B-100 included in ultra-low-density lipoprotein (VLDL).


Example 4. Limitation on Type B

The peptide unit of Example 2, wherein the peptide unit is characterized in that the B-cell epitope is a fragment of apolipoprotein B-100 and/or a mimotope of apolipoprotein B-100.


Example 5. Limitation on Sequence of B

The peptide unit of Example 4, wherein the peptide unit is characterized in that the B-cell epitope is a sequence being selected from the group consisting of RNVPPIFNDVYWIAF (SEQ ID NO: 6), CRFRGLISLSQVYLS (SEQ ID NO: 7), KTTKQSFDLSVKAQYKKNKH (SEQ ID NO: 8), RFRGLISLSQVYLDP (SEQ ID NO: 221), and SVCGCPVGHHDVVGL (SEQ ID NO: 222) or an epitope included in the sequence selected from SEQ ID NOS: 6 to 8 and 221 to 222.


Example 6. Limitation on Full-Length Sequence Length of Peptide Unit

The peptide unit of any one of Examples 1 to 5, wherein the peptide unit is characterized in that the length of the peptide unit is 23mer to 71 mer or 26mer to 50mer.


Peptide Unit 2—Unit A
Example 7. B-T and T-B

The peptide unit of any one of Examples 1 to 4, wherein the peptide unit is characterized in that the peptide unit includes one B-cell epitope and one Th epitope.


Example 8. Limitation on Sequence B, Limitation on Length T, and Limitation on Length U

The peptide unit of Example 7, wherein the peptide unit is characterized in that the length of the peptide unit is 26mer to 45mer; the B-cell epitope is selected from RNVPPIFNDVYWIAF (SEQ ID NO: 6), CRFRGLISLSQVYLS (SEQ ID NO: 7), KTTKQSFDLSVKAQYKKNKH (SEQ ID NO: 8), RFRGLISLSQVYLDP (SEQ ID NO: 221), and SVCGCPVGHHDVVGL (SEQ ID NO: 222); and the length of the Th epitope is 11 mer to 13mer.


Example 9. Limitation on Sequence T

The peptide unit of any one of Examples 7 and 8, wherein the Th epitope is characterized in that it is selected from the group consisting of the following: K(Cha)VAAWTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 1); PKYVKQNTLKLAT (SEQ ID NO: 2); ILMQYIKANSKFIGI (SEQ ID NO: 3); QSIALSSLMVAQAIP (SEQ ID NO: 4); ILMQYIKANSKFIGIPMGLPQSIALSSLMVAQ (SEQ ID NO: 5); PLGFFPDHQL (SEQ ID NO: 162); WPEANQVGAGAFGPGF (SEQ ID NO: 163); MQWNSTALHQALQDP (SEQ ID NO: 164); MQWNSTTFHQTLQDPRVRGLYFPAGG (SEQ ID NO: 165); FFLLTRILTI (SEQ ID NO: 166); FFLLTRILTIPQSLD (SEQ ID NO: 167); TSLNFLGGTTVCLGQ (SEQ ID NO: 168); QSPTSNHSPTSCPPIC (SEQ ID NO: 169); IIFLFILLLCLIFLLVLLD (SEQ ID NO: 170); CTTPAQGNSMFPSC (SEQ ID NO: 171); CTKPTDGN (SEQ ID NO: 172); WASVRFSW (SEQ ID NO: 173); LLPIFFCLW (SEQ ID NO: 174); MDIDPYKEFGATVELLSFLP (SEQ ID NO: 175); FLPSDFFPSV (SEQ ID NO: 176); RDLLDTASALYREALESPEH (SEQ ID NO: 177); PHHTALRQAILCWGELMTLA (SEQ ID NO: 178); GRETVIEYLVSFGVW (SEQ ID NO: 179); EYLVSFGVWIRTPPA (SEQ ID NO: 180); VSFGVWIRTPPAYRPPNAPI (SEQ ID NO: 181); TVVRRRGRSP (SEQ ID NO: 182); VGPLTVNEKRRLKLI (SEQ ID NO; 183); RHYLHTLWKAGILYK (SEQ ID NO: 184); ESRLVVDFSQFSRGN (SEQ ID NO: 185); LQSLTNLLSSNLSWL (SEQ ID NO: 186); SSNLSWLSLDVSAAF (SEQ ID NO; 187); LHLYSHPIILGFRKI (SEQ ID NO: 188); KQCFRKLPVNRPIDW (SEQ ID NO: 189); LCQVFADATPTGWGL (SEQ ID NO: 190); AANWILRGTSFVYVP (SEQ ID NO; 191); and EIRLKVFVLGGCRHK (SEQ ID NO: 192), in which the (Cha) denotes L-cyclohexylalanins.


Example 10. BAT and TAB

The peptide unit of any one of Examples 7 and 8, wherein the peptide unit is characterized in that it further includes an auxiliary part, and that the auxiliary part is linked between the B-cell epitope and the Th epitope.


Example 11. Limitation on A, including Nonstandard Amino Acid

The peptide unit of Example 10, wherein the peptide unit is characterized in that the auxiliary part includes one or more nonstandard amino acids.


Example 12. Limitation on Sequence of A including Nonstandard Amino Acid

The peptide unit of Example 11, wherein the peptide unit is characterized in that the auxiliary part is selected from a, Z, aZ, Za, GSHHHHHHGSDDDKZa (SEQ ID NO: 193), and aZGSHHHHHHGSDDDK (SEQ ID NO: 194).


Example 13. Limitation on Sequence a not Including Nonstandard Amino Acid

The peptide unit of Example 10, wherein the peptide unit is characterized in that the auxiliary part is selected from CR, HHHHHH (SEQ ID NO: 53), and RRRRRR (SEQ ID NO: 159).


Peptide Unit 3—Unit D
Example 14. B-T1-T2 and T1-T1-B

The peptide unit of any one of Examples 1 to 4, wherein the peptide unit is characterized in that it includes one B-cell epitope, and two Th epitopes which are referred to as the first Th epitope and the second Th epitope, respectively, and that the first Th epitope is linked between the B-cell epitope and the second Th epitope.


Example 15. Limitation on Sequence B, Limitation on Length T, and Limitation on Length U

The peptide unit of Example 14, wherein the peptide unit is characterized in that the length of the peptide unit is 37mer to 50mer; the B-cell epitope is selected from RNVPPIFNDVYWIAF (SEQ ID NO: 6), CRFRGLISLSQVYLS (SEQ ID NO: 7), KTTKQSFDLSVKAQYKKNKH (SEQ ID NO: 8), RFRGLISLSQVYLDP (SEQ ID NO: 221), and SVCGCPVGHHDVVGL (SEQ ID NO: 222); and the length of the first Th epitope and the second Th epitope is 11 mer to 13mer, respectively.


Example 16. Limitation on Sequence T

The peptide unit of any one of Examples 14 and 15, wherein the Th epitope is characterized in that it is selected from the group consisting of the following: K(Cha)VAAWTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 1); PKYVKQNTLKLAT (SEQ ID NO: 2); ILMQYIKANSKFIGI (SEQ ID NO: 3); QSIALSSLMVAQAIP (SEQ ID NO: 4); ILMQYIKANSKFIGIPMGLPQSIALSSLMVAQ (SEQ ID NO: 5); PLGFFPDHQL (SEQ ID NO: 162); WPEANQVGAGAFGPGF (SEQ ID NO: 163); MQWNSTALHQALQDP (SEQ ID NO: 164); MQWNSTTFHQTLQDPRVRGLYFPAGG (SEQ ID NO: 165); FFLLTRILTI (SEQ ID NO: 166); FFLLTRILTIPQSLD (SEQ ID NO: 167); TSLNFLGGTTVCLGQ (SEQ ID NO: 168); QSPTSNHSPTSCPPIC (SEQ ID NO: 169); IIFLFILLLCLIFLLVLLD (SEQ ID NO: 170); CTTPAQGNSMFPSC (SEQ ID NO: 171); CTKPTDGN (SEQ ID NO: 172); WASVRFSW (SEQ ID NO: 173); LLPIFFCLW (SEQ ID NO: 174); MDIDPYKEFGATVELLSFLP (SEQ ID NO: 175); FLPSDFFPSV (SEQ ID NO: 176); RDLLDTASALYREALESPEH (SEQ ID NO: 177); PHHTALRQAILCWGELMTLA (SEQ ID NO: 178); GRETVIEYLVSFGVW (SEQ ID NO: 179); EYLVSFGVWIRTPPA (SEQ ID NO: 180); VSFGVWIRTPPAYRPPNAPI (SEQ ID NO: 181); TVVRRRGRSP (SEQ ID NO: 182); VGPLTVNEKRRLKLI (SEQ ID NO; 183); RHYLHTLWKAGILYK (SEQ ID NO: 184); ESRLVVDFSQFSRGN (SEQ ID NO: 185); LQSLTNLLSSNLSWL (SEQ ID NO: 186); SSNLSWLSLDVSAAF (SEQ ID NO; 187); LHLYSHPIILGFRKI (SEQ ID NO: 188). KQCFRKLPVNRPIDW (SEQ ID NO: 189); LCQVFADATPTGWGL (SEQ ID NO: 190); AANWILRGTSFVYVP (SEQ ID NO; 191); and EIRLKVFVLGGCRHK (SEQ ID NO: 192), in which the a denotes D-form alanine, the (Cha) denotes L-cyclohexylalanins, and the Z denotes 6-aminohexanoic acid.


Example 17. BAT1-T2 and T2-T1AB

The peptide unit of any one of Examples 14 and 15, wherein the peptide unit is characterized in that it further includes an auxiliary part, and the auxiliary part is linked between the B-cell epitope and the first Th epitope.


Example 18. B-T1AT2 and T2AT1-B

The peptide unit of any one of Examples 14 and 15, wherein the peptide unit is characterized in that it further includes an auxiliary part, and the auxiliary part is linked between the first Th epitope and the second Th epitope.


Example 19. Limitation on a, Including Nonstandard Amino Acid

The peptide unit of any one of Examples 17 and 18, wherein the peptide unit is characterized in that the auxiliary part includes one or more nonstandard amino acids.


Example 20. Limitation on Sequence a Including Nonstandard Amino Acid

The peptide unit of Example 19, wherein the peptide unit is characterized in that the auxiliary part is selected from a, Z, aZ, Za, GSHHHHHHGSDDDKZa (SEQ ID NO: 193), and aZGSHHHHHHGSDDDK (SEQ ID NO: 194).


Example 21. Limitation on Sequence a not Including Nonstandard Amino Acid

The peptide unit of any one of Examples 17 and 18, wherein the peptide unit is characterized in that the auxiliary part is selected from CR, HHHHHH (SEQ ID NO: 53), and RRRRRR (SEQ ID NO: 159).


Example 22. BAT1AT2 and T2AT1AB

The peptide unit of any one of Examples 14 and 15, wherein the peptide unit is characterized in that it further includes a first auxiliary part and a second auxiliary part, and that the first auxiliary part is linked between the B-cell epitope and the Th epitope and the second auxiliary part is linked between the first Th epitope and the second Th epitope.


Example 23. Limitation on A, Including Nonstandard Amino Acid

The peptide unit of Example 22, wherein the peptide unit is characterized in that the first auxiliary part and/or the second auxiliary part include one or more nonstandard amino acids.


Example 24. Limitation on Sequence of A including Nonstandard Amino Acid

The peptide unit of Example 23, wherein the peptide unit is characterized in that the auxiliary part including one or more nonstandard amino acids is independently selected from a, Z, aZ, Za, GSHHHHHHGSDDDKZa (SEQ ID NO: 193), and aZGSHHHHHHGSDDDK (SEQ ID NO: 194).


Example 25. Limitation on Sequence a not Including Nonstandard Amino Acid

The peptide unit of Example 22, wherein the peptide unit is characterized in that the first auxiliary part and/or the second auxiliary part are independently selected from CR, HHHHHH (SEQ ID NO: 53), and RRRRRR (SEQ ID NO: 159).


Peptide Unit 4—Unit B
Example 26. B1-B2-T and T-B2-B1

The peptide unit of any one of Examples 1 to 4, wherein the peptide unit is characterized in that it includes two B-cell epitopes, which are referred to as a first B-cell epitope and a second B-cell epitope, respectively, and that the second B-cell epitope is linked between the first B-cell epitope and the Th epitope.


Example 27. Limitation on Sequence B, Limitation on Length T, and Limitation on Length

The peptide unit of Example 26, wherein the peptide unit is characterized in that the length of the peptide unit is 45mer to 50mer; the first B-cell epitope and the second B-cell epitope are independently selected from RNVPPIFNDVYWIAF (SEQ ID NO: 6), CRFRGLISLSQVYLS (SEQ ID NO: 7), KTTKQSFDLSVKAQYKKNKH (SEQ ID NO: 8), RFRGLISLSQVYLDP (SEQ ID NO: 221), and SVCGCPVGHHDVVGL (SEQ ID NO: 222); and the length of the Th epitope is 11 mer to 13mer.


Example 28. Limitation on Sequence T

The peptide unit of any one of Examples 26 and 27, wherein the Th epitope is characterized in that it is selected from the group consisting of the following: K(Cha)VAAWTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 1); PKYVKQNTLKLAT (SEQ ID NO: 2); ILMQYIKANSKFIGI (SEQ ID NO: 3); QSIALSSLMVAQAIP (SEQ ID NO: 4); ILMQYIKANSKFIGIPMGLPQSIALSSLMVAQ (SEQ ID NO: 5); PLGFFPDHQL (SEQ ID NO: 162); WPEANQVGAGAFGPGF (SEQ ID NO: 163); MQWNSTALHQALQDP (SEQ ID NO: 164); MQWNSTTFHQTLQDPRVRGLYFPAGG (SEQ ID NO: 165); FFLLTRILTI (SEQ ID NO: 166); FFLLTRILTIPQSLD (SEQ ID NO: 167); TSLNFLGGTFVCLGQ (SEQ ID NO: 168); QSPTSNHSPTSCPPIC (SEQ ID NO: 169); IIFLFILLLCLIFLLVLLD (SEQ ID NO: 170); CTTPAQGNSMFPSC (SEQ ID NO: 171); CTKPTDGN (SEQ ID NO: 172); WASVRFSW (SEQ ID NO: 173); LLPIFFCLW (SEQ ID NO: 174); MDIDPYKEFGATVELLSFLP (SEQ ID NO: 175); FLPSDFFPSV (SEQ ID NO: 176); RDLLDTASALYREALESPEH (SEQ ID NO: 177); PHHTALRQAILCWGELMTLA (SEQ ID NO: 178); GRETVIEYLVSFGVW (SEQ ID NO: 179); EYLVSFGVWIRTPPA (SEQ ID NO: 180); VSFGVWIRTPPAYRPPNAPI (SEQ ID NO: 181); TVVRRRGRSP (SEQ ID NO: 182); VGPLTVNEKRRLKLI (SEQ ID NO; 183); RHYLHTLWKAGILYK (SEQ ID NO: 184); ESRLVVDFSQFSRGN (SEQ ID NO: 185); LQSLTNLLSSNLSWL (SEQ ID NO: 186); SSNLSWLSLDVSAAF (SEQ ID NO; 187); LHLYSHPIILGFRKI (SEQ ID NO: 188). KQCFRKLPVNRPIDW (SEQ ID NO: 189); LCQVFADATPTGWGL (SEQ ID NO: 190); AANWILRGTSFVYVP (SEQ ID NO; 191); and EIRLKVFVLGGCRHK (SEQ ID NO: 192), in which the a denotes D-form alanine, the (Cha) denotes L-cyclohexylalanins, and the Z denotes 6-aminohexanoic acid.


Example 29. B1-B2AT and TAB2-B1

The peptide unit of any one of Examples 26 and 27, wherein the peptide unit is characterized in that it further includes an auxiliary part, and the auxiliary part is linked between the second B-cell epitope and the Th epitope.


Example 30. B1AB2-T and T-B2AB1

The peptide unit of any one of Examples 26 and 27, wherein the peptide unit is characterized in that it further includes an auxiliary part, and the auxiliary part is linked between the first B-cell epitope and the second B-cell epitope.


Example 31. Limitation on A, Including Nonstandard Amino Acid

The peptide unit of any one of Examples 29 and 30, wherein the peptide unit is characterized in that the auxiliary part includes one or more nonstandard amino acids.


Example 32. Limitation on Sequence A Including Nonstandard Amino Acid

The peptide unit of Example 31, wherein the peptide unit is characterized in that the auxiliary part is selected from a, Z, aZ, Za, GSHHHHHHGSDDDKZa (SEQ ID NO: 193), and aZGSHHHHHHGSDDDK (SEQ ID NO: 194).


Example 33. A, Limitation on Sequence not including Nonstandard Amino Acid

The peptide unit of any one of Examples 29 and 30, wherein the peptide unit is characterized in that the auxiliary part is selected from CR, HHHHHH (SEQ ID NO: 53), and RRRRRR (SEQ ID NO: 159).


Example 34. B1A1B2-A2T and TA2B2A1B1

The peptide unit of any one of Examples 26 and 27, wherein the peptide unit is characterized in that it further includes a first auxiliary part and a second auxiliary part, and the first auxiliary part is linked between the first B-cell epitope and the second B-cell epitope, and the second auxiliary part is linked between the second B-cell epitope and Th epitope.


Example 35. Limitation on A, Including Nonstandard Amino Acid

The peptide unit of Example 34, wherein the peptide unit is characterized in that the first auxiliary part and/or the second auxiliary part include one or more nonstandard amino acids.


Example 36. Limitation on Sequence A including Nonstandard Amino Acid

The peptide unit of Example 35, wherein the peptide unit is characterized in that the auxiliary parts including one or more nonstandard amino acids are each independently selected from a, Z, aZ, Za, GSHHHHHHGSDDDKZa (SEQ ID NO: 193), and aZGSHHHHHHGSDDDK (SEQ ID NO: 194).


Example 37. Limitation on Sequence A not Including Nonstandard Amino Acid

The peptide unit of Example 34, wherein the peptide unit is characterized in that the first auxiliary part and/or the second auxiliary part are each independently selected from CR, HHHHHH (SEQ ID NO: 53), and RRRRRR (SEQ ID NO: 159).


Peptide Unit 5—Unit C
Example 38. B1-T-B2

The peptide unit of any one of Examples 1 to 4, wherein the peptide unit is characterized in that the peptide unit includes two B-cell epitopes, which are referred to as a first B-cell epitope and a second B-cell epitope, and one Th epitope, and the Th epitope is linked between the first B-cell epitope and the second B-cell epitope.


Example 39. Limitation on Sequence B, Limitation on Length T, and Limitation on Length U

The peptide unit of Example 38, wherein the peptide unit is characterized in that the length of the peptide unit is 45mer to 50mer; the first B-cell epitope and the second B-cell epitope are each independently selected from RNVPPIFNDVYWIAF (SEQ ID NO: 6), CRFRGLISLSQVYLS (SEQ ID NO: 7), KTTKQSFDLSVKAQYKKNKH (SEQ ID NO: 8), RFRGLISLSQVYLDP (SEQ ID NO: 221), and SVCGCPVGHHDVVGL (SEQ ID NO: 222); and the length of the Th epitope is 11 mer to 13mer.


Example 40. Limitation on Sequence T

The peptide unit of any one of Examples 38 and 39, wherein the Th epitope is characterized in that it is selected from the group consisting of the following: K(Cha)VAAWTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 1); PKYVKQNTLKLAT (SEQ ID NO: 2); ILMQYIKANSKFIGI (SEQ ID NO: 3); QSIALSSLMVAQAIP (SEQ ID NO: 4); ILMQYIKANSKFIGIPMGLPQSIALSSLMVAQ (SEQ ID NO: 5); PLGFFPDHQL (SEQ ID NO: 162); WPEANQVGAGAFGPGF (SEQ ID NO: 163); MQWNSTALHQALQDP (SEQ ID NO: 164); MQWNSTTFHQTLQDPRVRGLYFPAGG (SEQ ID NO: 165); FFLLTRILTI (SEQ ID NO: 166); FFLLTRILTIPQSLD (SEQ ID NO: 167); TSLNFLGGTTVCLGQ (SEQ ID NO: 168); QSPTSNHSPTSCPPIC (SEQ ID NO: 169); IIFLFILLLCLIFLLVLLD (SEQ ID NO: 170); CTTPAQGNSMFPSC (SEQ ID NO: 171); CTKPTDGN (SEQ ID NO: 172); WASVRFSW (SEQ ID NO: 173); LLPIFFCLW (SEQ ID NO: 174); MDIDPYKEFGATVELLSFLP (SEQ ID NO: 175); FLPSDFFPSV (SEQ ID NO: 176); RDLLDTASALYREALESPEH (SEQ ID NO: 177); PHHTALRQAILCWGELMTLA (SEQ ID NO: 178); GRETVIEYLVSFGVW (SEQ ID NO: 179); EYLVSFGVWIRTPPA (SEQ ID NO: 180); VSFGVWIRTPPAYRPPNAPI (SEQ ID NO: 181); TVVRRRGRSP (SEQ ID NO: 182); VGPLTVNEKRRLKLI (SEQ ID NO: 183); RHYLHTLWKAGILYK (SEQ ID NO: 184); ESRLVVDFSQFSRGN (SEQ ID NO; 185); LQSLTNLLSSNLSWL (SEQ ID NO: 186); SSNLSWLSLDVSAAF (SEQ ID NO: 187); LHLYSHPIILGFRKI (SEQ ID NO: 188); KQCFRKLPVNRPIDW (SEQ ID NO; 189); LCQVFADATPTGWGL (SEQ ID NO: 190); AANWILRGTSFVYVP (SEQ ID NO: 191); and EIRLKVFVLGGCRHK (SEQ ID NO: 192), in which the a denotes D-form alanine, the (Cha) denotes L-cyclohexylalanins, and the Z denotes 6-aminohexanoic acid.


Example 41. B1AT-B2 and B2-TAB1

The peptide unit of any one of Examples 38 and 39, wherein the peptide unit is characterized in that it further includes an auxiliary part, and the auxiliary part is linked between the first B-cell epitope and the Th epitope.


Example 42. Limitation on A, Including Nonstandard Amino Acid

The peptide unit of Example 41, wherein the peptide unit is characterized in that the auxiliary part includes one or more nonstandard amino acids,


Example 43. Limitation on Sequence A Including Nonstandard Amino Acid

The peptide unit of Example 42, wherein the peptide unit is characterized in that the auxiliary part is selected from a, Z, aZ, Za, GSHHHHHHGSDDDKZa (SEQ ID NO: 193), and aZGSHHHHHHGSDDDK (SEQ ID NO: 194).


Example 44. Limitation on Sequence A not Including Nonstandard Amino Acid

The peptide unit of Example 41, wherein the peptide unit is characterized in that the auxiliary part is selected from CR, HHHHHH (SEQ ID NO: 53), and RRRRRR (SEQ ID NO: 159).


Example 45. B1A1TA2B2

The peptide unit of any one of Examples 38 and 39, wherein the peptide unit is characterized in that it further includes a first auxiliary part and a second auxiliary part; the first auxiliary part is linked between the first B-cell epitope and the Th epitope, and the second auxiliary part is linked between the second B-cell epitope and the Th epitope.


Example 46. Limitation on A, Including Nonstandard Amino Acid

The peptide unit of Example 45, wherein the peptide unit is characterized in that the first auxiliary part and/or the second auxiliary part include one or more nonstandard amino acids.


Example 47. Limitation on Sequence A Including Nonstandard Amino Acid

The peptide unit of Example 46, wherein the peptide unit is characterized in that the auxiliary parts including one or more nonstandard amino acids are each independently selected from a, Z, aZ, Za, GSHHHHHHGSDDDKZa (SEQ ID NO: 193), and aZGSHHHHHHGSDDDK (SEQ ID NO: 194).


Example 48. Limitation on Sequence A not Including Nonstandard Amino Acid

The peptide unit of Example 45, wherein the peptide unit is characterized in that the first auxiliary part and/or the second auxiliary part are each independently selected from CR, HHHHHH (SEQ ID NO: 53), and RRRRRR (SEQ ID NO: 159).


Peptide Unit 6—Unit E
Example 49. B1-T1-T2-B2

The peptide unit of any one of Examples 1 to 4, wherein the peptide unit is characterized in that it includes two B-cell epitopes, which are each referred to as a first B-cell epitope and a second B-cell epitope, and two Th epitopes, which are each referred to as a first Th epitope and a second Th epitope, a first B-cell epitope, a first Th epitope, a second Th epitope, and a second B-cell epitope are sequentially linked, in the direction from the N-terminus to the C-terminus.


Example 50. Limitation on Sequence B, Limitation on Length T, and Limitation on Length U

The peptide unit of Example 49, wherein the peptide unit is characterized in that the length of the peptide unit is 52mer to 90mer; the first B-cell epitope and the second B-cell epitope are each independently selected from RNVPPIFNDVYWIAF (SEQ ID NO: 6), CRFRGLISLSQVYLS (SEQ ID NO: 7), KTTKQSFDLSVKAQYKKNKH (SEQ ID NO: 8), RFRGLISLSQVYLDP (SEQ ID NO: 221), and SVCGCPVGHHDVVGL (SEQ ID NO: 222); and the length of the first Th epitope and the second Th epitope are each 11 mer to 13mer.


Example 51. Limitation on Sequence T

The peptide unit of Example 50, wherein the first Th epitope and the second Th epitope are characterized in that they are each independently selected from the group consisting of the following: K(Cha)VAAWTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 1); PKYVKQNTLKLAT (SEQ ID NO: 2); ILMQYIKANSKFIGI (SEQ ID NO: 3); QSIALSSLMVAQAIP (SEQ ID NO: 4); ILMQYIKANSKFIGIPMGLPQSIALSSLMVAQ (SEQ ID NO: 5); PLGFFPDHQL (SEQ ID NO: 162); WPEANQVGAGAFGPGF (SEQ ID NO: 163); MQWNSTALHQALQDP (SEQ ID NO: 164); MQWNSTTFHQTLQDPRVRGLYFPAGG (SEQ ID NO: 165); FFLLTRILTI (SEQ ID NO: 166). FFLLTRILTIPQSLD (SEQ ID NO: 167); TSLNFLGGTTVCLGQ (SEQ ID NO: 168); QSPTSNHSPTSCPPIC (SEQ ID NO: 169); IIFLFILLLCLIFLLVLLD (SEQ ID NO: 170); CTTPAQGNSMFPSC (SEQ ID NO: 171); CTKPTDGN (SEQ ID NO: 172); WASVRFSW (SEQ ID NO: 173); LLPIFFCLW (SEQ ID NO: 174); MDIDPYKEFGATVELLSFLP (SEQ ID NO: 175); FLPSDFFPSV (SEQ ID NO: 176); RDLLDTASALYREALESPEH (SEQ ID NO: 177); PHHTALRQAILCWGELMTLA (SEQ ID NO: 178); GRETVIEYLVSFGVW (SEQ ID NO: 179); EYLVSFGVWIRTPPA (SEQ ID NO: 180); VSFGVWIRTPPAYRPPNAPI (SEQ ID NO: 181); TVVRRRGRSP (SEQ ID NO: 182); VGPLTVNEKRRLKLI (SEQ ID NO: 183); RHYLHTLWKAGILYK (SEQ ID NO: 184); ESRLVVDFSQFSRGN (SEQ ID NO: 185); LQSLTNLLSSNLSWL (SEQ ID NO: 186); SSNLSWLSLDVSAAF (SEQ ID NO: 187); LHLYSHPIILGFRKI (SEQ ID NO: 188). KQCFRKLPVNRPIDW (SEQ ID NO: 189); LCQVFADATPTGWGL (SEQ ID NO: 190); AANWILRGTSFVYVP (SEQ ID NO: 191); and EIRLKVFVLGGCRHK (SEQ ID NO: 192), in which the a denotes D-form alanine, the (Cha) denotes L-cyclohexylalanins, and the Z denotes 6-aminohexanoic acid.


Example 52. B1AT1-T2-B2 and B2-T2-T1AB1

The peptide unit of any one of Examples 49 and 50, wherein the peptide unit is characterized in that it further includes an auxiliary part, and the auxiliary part is linked between the first B-cell epitope and the first Th epitope.


Example 53. B1-T1AT2-B2

The peptide unit of any one of Examples 49 and 50, wherein the peptide unit is characterized in that it further includes an auxiliary part, and the auxiliary part is linked between the first Th epitope and the second Th epitope.


Example 54. B1-T1-T2AB2 and B2AT2-T1-B1

The peptide unit of any one of Examples 49 and 50, wherein the peptide unit is characterized in that it further includes an auxiliary part, and the auxiliary part is linked between the second Th epitope and the second B-cell epitope.


Example 55. Limitation on A, Including Nonstandard Amino Acid

The peptide unit of any one of Examples 52 to 54, wherein the peptide unit is characterized in that the auxiliary part includes one or more nonstandard amino acids.


Example 56. Limitation on A Including Nonstandard Amino Acid

The peptide unit of any one of Examples 52 to 54, wherein the peptide unit is characterized in that the auxiliary part is selected from a, Z, aZ, Za, GSHHHHHHGSDDDKZa (SEQ ID NO: 193), and aZGSHHHHHHGSDDDK (SEQ ID NO: 194).


Example 57. Limitation on Sequence A not Including Nonstandard Amino Acid

The peptide unit of any one of Examples 52 to 54, wherein the peptide unit is characterized in that the auxiliary part is selected from CR. HHHHHH (SEQ ID NO: 53), and RRRRRR (SEQ ID NO: 159).


Example 58. B1A1T1A2T2-B2 and B2-T2A2T1A1B1

The peptide unit of any one of Examples 49 and 50, wherein the peptide unit is characterized in that it further includes a first auxiliary part and a second auxiliary part, and the auxiliary part is linked between the first B-cell epitope and the first Th epitope, and the second auxiliary part is linked between the first Th epitope and the second Th epitope.


Example 59. B1A1T1-T2A2B2

The peptide unit of any one of Examples 49 and 50, wherein the peptide unit is characterized in that it further includes a first auxiliary part and a second auxiliary part, and the auxiliary part is linked between the first B-cell epitope and the first Th epitope, and the second auxiliary part is linked between the second Th epitope and the second B-cell epitope.


Example 60. B1-T1A1T2A2B2 and B2-T2A2T1A1B1

The peptide unit of any one of Examples 49 and 50, wherein the peptide unit is characterized in that it further includes a first auxiliary part and a second auxiliary part, and the auxiliary part is linked between the first Th epitope and the second Th epitope the first Th epitope and the second Th epitope is linked between the second Th epitope and the second B-cell epitope.


Example 61. Limitation on A, Including Nonstandard Amino Acid

The peptide unit of any one of Examples 58 to 60, wherein the peptide unit is characterized in that the first auxiliary part and/or a second auxiliary part include one or more nonstandard amino acids.


Example 62. Limitation on Sequence A Including Nonstandard Amino Acid

The peptide unit of any one of Examples 58 to 60, wherein the peptide unit is characterized in that the auxiliary parts including one or more nonstandard amino acids are each independently selected from a, Z, aZ. Za, GSHHHHHHGSDDDKZa (SEQ ID NO: 193), and aZGSHHHHHHGSDDDK (SEQ ID NO: 194).


Example 63. Limitation on Sequence A Including Nonstandard Amino Acid

The peptide unit of any one of Examples 58 to 60, wherein the peptide unit is characterized in that the first auxiliary part and/or a second auxiliary part are each independently selected from CR, HHHHHH (SEQ ID NO: 53), and RRRRRR (SEQ ID NO: 159).


Example 64. B1A1T1A2T2A3-B2

The peptide unit of any one of Examples 49 and 50, wherein the peptide unit is characterized in that it further includes a first auxiliary part, a second auxiliary part, and a third auxiliary part; the first auxiliary part is linked between the first B-cell epitope and the first Th epitope; the second auxiliary part is linked between the first Th epitope and the second Th epitope; and the third auxiliary part is linked between the second Th epitope and the second B-cell epitope.


Example 65. Limitation on A, Including Nonstandard Amino Acid

The peptide unit of Example 64, wherein the peptide unit is characterized in that the first auxiliary part, a second auxiliary part, and/or a third auxiliary part include one or more nonstandard amino acids.


Example 66. Limitation on Sequence A Including Nonstandard Amino Acid

The peptide unit of Example 65, wherein the peptide unit is characterized in that the auxiliary parts including one or more nonstandard amino acids are each independently selected from a, Z, aZ, Za, GSHHHHHHGSDDDKZa (SEQ ID NO: 193), and aZGSHHHHHHGSDDDK (SEQ ID NO: 194).


Example 67. Limitation on Sequence A not Including Nonstandard Amino Acid

The peptide unit of Example 64, wherein the peptide unit is characterized in that the first auxiliary part, the second auxiliary part, and/or the third auxiliary part are each independently selected from CR, HHHHHH (SEQ ID NO: 53), and RRRRRR (SEQ ID NO: 159).


Peptide Unit 7—Unit and Additional Auxiliary Part
Example 68. AU and UA

a peptide unit including the following: a peptide unit of any one of Examples 1 to 67; and an additional auxiliary part.


Example 69. Limitation on A, Including Nonstandard Amino Acid

The peptide unit of Example 67, wherein the peptide unit is characterized in that the additional auxiliary part includes one or more nonstandard amino acids.


Example 70. Limitation on Sequence A Including Nonstandard Amino Acid

The peptide unit of Example 69, wherein the peptide unit is characterized in that the additional auxiliary part is selected from a, Z, aZ. Za, GSHHHHHHGSDDDKZa (SEQ ID NO: 193), and aZGSHHHHHHGSDDDK (SEQ ID NO: 194).


Example 71. Limitation on Sequence A not Including Nonstandard Amino Acid

The peptide unit of Example 68, wherein the peptide unit is characterized in that the additional auxiliary part is selected from CR, HHHHHH (SEQ ID NO: 53), and RRRRRR (SEQ ID NO: 159).


Example 72. AUA

a peptide unit including the following: a peptide unit of any one of Examples 1 to 67; and a first additional auxiliary part and a second additional auxiliary part. In particular, the peptide unit is linked between the first additional auxiliary part and the second additional auxiliary part.


Example 73. Limitation on A, Including Nonstandard Amino Acid

The peptide unit of Example 72, wherein the peptide unit is characterized in that the first additional auxiliary part and/or the second additional auxiliary part include one or more nonstandard amino acids.


Example 74. Limitation on Sequence A Including Nonstandard Amino Acid

The peptide unit of Example 73, wherein the peptide unit is characterized in that the additional auxiliary parts including one or more nonstandard amino acids are each independently selected from a, Z, aZ. Za, GSHHHHHHGSDDDKZa (SEQ ID NO: 193), and aZGSHHHHHHGSDDDK (SEQ ID NO: 194).


Example 75. Limitation on Sequence A not Including Nonstandard Amino Acid

The peptide unit of Example 72, wherein the peptide unit is characterized in that the first additional auxiliary part and/or and the second additional auxiliary part are each independently selected from CR, HHHHHH (SEQ ID NO: 53), and RRRRRR (SEQ ID NO: 159).


Peptide Unit 8—Limitation on Unit Sequence
Example 76. Limitation on Sequence of Unit-A

The peptide unit of any one of Examples 1 to 8 and 68 to 75, wherein the peptide unit is selected from the following: RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZ (SEQ ID NO: 56); ZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZRNVPPIFNDVYWIAF (SEQ ID NO: 57); CRFRGLISLSQVYLSZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZ (SEQ ID NO: 58); ZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZCRFRGLISLSQVYLS (SEQ ID NO: 59); KTTKQSFDLSVKAQYKKNKHZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZ (SEQ ID NO: 60); ZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZKTTKQSFDLSVKAQYKKNKH (SEQ ID NO: 61); RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFK(Cha)VAAWTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 62); K(Cha)VAAWTLKAARNVPPIFNDVYWIAF (SEQ ID NO: 63); RNVPPIFNDVYK(Cha)VAAWTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 64); PIFNDVYWIAFK(Cha)VAAWTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 65); PPIFNDVYWK(Cha)VAAWTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 66); RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAHHHHHH (SEQ ID NO: 67); RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZGSHHHHHHGSDDDDK (SEQ ID NO: 68); GSHHHHHHGSDDDDKZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZRNVPPIFNDVYWIAF (SEQ ID NO: 69); RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFGSHHHHHHGSDDDDKZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZ (SEQ ID NO: 70); GSHHHHHHGSDDDDKZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZCRFRGLISLSQVYLS (SEQ ID NO: 71); GSHHHHHHGSDDDDKCRFRGLISLSQVYLSZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZ (SEQ ID NO: 72); CRFRGLISLSQVYLSZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZGSHHHHHHGSDDDDK (SEQ ID NO: 73); GSHHHHHHGSDDDDKZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZKTTKQSFDLSVKAQYKKNKH (SEQ ID NO: 74); GSHHHHHHGSDDDDKKTTKQSFDLSVKAQYKKNKHZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZ (SEQ ID NO: 75); KTTKQSFDLSVKAQYKKNKHZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZGSHHHHHHGSDDDDK (SEQ ID NO: 76); MRGSHHHHHHGSDDDDKIVDRNVPPIFNDVYWIAFZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZ (SEQ ID NO: 77); MRGSHHHHHHGSDDDDKIVDGSHHHHHHGSDDDDKRNVPPIFNDVYWIAFZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZ (SEQ ID NO: 78); MRGSHHHHHHGSDDDDKIVDRNVPPIFNDVYWIAFZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZGS HHHHHHGSDDDDK (SEQ ID NO: 79); RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFILMQYIKANSKFIGI (SEQ ID NO: 80); RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFILMQYIKANSKFIGIPMGLPQSIALSSLMVAQ (SEQ ID NO: 81); CRNVPPIFNDVYWIAFZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZC (SEQ ID NO: 82); RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAACR (SEQ ID NO: 161); RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFXXKXVAAWTLKAAXXGSHHHHHHGSDDDDK (SEQ ID NO: 199); GSHHHHHHGSDDDDKXXKXVAAWTLKAAXXRNVPPIFNDVYWIAF (SEQ ID NO: 200); RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFXXKXVAAWTLKAAXX (SEQ ID NO: 204); RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFKXVAAWTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 205); RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFKXVAAWTLKAAHHHHHH (SEQ ID NO: 206); RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFXXKXVAAWTLKAACR (SEQ ID NO: 208); RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFXXKFVAAWTLKAAXX (SEQ ID NO: 210); RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFXXKFVAAWTLKAACR (SEQ ID NO: 212); RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFCTKPTDGN (SEQ ID NO: 213); RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFLLPIFFCLW (SEQ ID NO: 214); RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFFLPSDFFPSV (SEQ ID NO: 215); RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFILMQYIKANSKFIGIHHHHHH (SEQ ID NO: 219); and RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFMDIDPYKEFGATVELLSFLPHHHHHH (SEQ ID NO: 220), in which the a denotes D-form alanine, the Z denotes 6-aminohexanoic acid, the (Cha) denotes L-cyclohexylalanine, and the X denotes any standard amino acid.


Example 77. Limitation on Sequence of Unit-D

The peptide unit of any one of Examples 1 to 6, 14 to 15, and 68 to 75, wherein the peptide unit is selected from the following: RNVPPIFNDVYWIAF ZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZ ILMQYIKANSKFIGI (SEQ ID NO: 123); CRFRGLISLSQVYLS ZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZ ILMQYIKANSKFIGI (SEQ ID NO: 124); KTTKQSFDLSVKAQYKKNKH ZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZ ILMQYIKANSKFIGI (SEQ ID NO: 125); ILMQYIKANSKFIGI ZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZ RNVPPIFNDVYWIAF (SEQ ID NO: 126); ILMQYIKANSKFIGI ZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZ CRFRGLISLSQVYLS (SEQ ID NO: 127); ILMQYIKANSKFIGI ZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZ KTTKQSFDLSVKAQYKKNKH (SEQ ID NO: 128); PIFNDVYWIAF K(Cha)VAAWTLKAA K(Cha)VAAWTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 129); PPIFNDVYW K(Cha)VAAWTLKAA K(Cha)VAAWTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 130); MRGSHHHHHHGSDDDDKIVDRNVPPIFNDVYWIAFZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZIL MQYIKANSKFIGI (SEQ ID NO: 131); MRGSHHHHHHGSDDDDKIVDILMQYIKANSKFIGIZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZ (SEQ ID NO: 132); MRGSHHHHHHGSDDDDKIVDRNVPPIFNDVYWIAFGGGGSGGGGGGSSZaK(Cha) VAAWTLKAAaZILMQYIKANSKFIGI (SEQ ID NO: 133); MRGSHHHHHHGSDDDDKIVDRNVPPIFNDVYWIAFGGGGSGGGGGGSSILMQYI KANSKFIGIPMGLPQSIALSSLMVAQGGGGSGGGGGGSSILMQYIKANSKFIGIPM GLPQSIALSSLMVAQ (SEQ ID NO: 134); RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZK(Cha)LAAFTIRAAaZ (SEQ ID NO: 135); and CRNVPPIFNDVYW1AFZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZILMQYIKANSKFIGIC (SEQ ID NO: 136), in which the a denotes D-form alanine, the Z denotes 6-aminohexanoic acid, and (Cha) denotes L-cyclohexylalanine.


Example 78. Limitation on Sequence of Unit-B

The peptide unit of any one of Examples 1 to 6, 26 to 27, and 68 to 75, wherein the peptide unit is selected from the group consisting of the following: RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFRNVPPIFNDVYWIAFZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZ (SEQ ID NO: 83), RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFCRFRGLISLSQVYLSZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZ (P5: SEQ ID NO: 84), RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFKTTKQSFDLSVKAQYKKNKHZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZ (SEQ ID NO: 85), CRFRGLISLSQVYLSRNVPPIFNDVYW1AFZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZ (SEQ ID NO: 86), CRFRGLISLSQVYLSCRFRGLISLSQVYLSZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZ (SEQ ID NO: 87), CRFRGLISLSQVYLSKTTKQSFDLSVKAQYKKNKHZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZ (SEQ ID NO: 88), KTTKQSFDLSVKAQYKKNKHRNVPPIFNDVYWIAFZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZ (SEQ ID NO: 89), KTTKQSFDLSVKAQYKKNKHCRFRGLISLSQVYLSZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZ (SEQ ID NO: 90), KTTKQSFDLSVKAQYKKNKHKTTKQSFDLSVKAQYKKNKHZaK(Cha)VAAWTLK AAaZ (SEQ ID NO: 91), RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFCRFRGLISLSQVYLSK(Cha)VAAWTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 92), PIFNDVYWIAFGLISLSQVYLSK(Cha)VAAWTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 93), RNVPPIFNDVYCRFRGLISLSQK(Cha)VAAWTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 94), PIFNDVYWIAFCRFRGLISLSQK(Cha)VAAWTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 95), PPIFNDVYWRGLISLSQVK(Cha)VAAWTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 96), RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFCRFRGLISLSQVYLSK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAHHHHHH (SEQ ID NO: 97), MRGSHHHHHHGSDDDDKIVDRNVPPIFNDVYWIAFCRFRGLISLSQVYLSZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZ (SEQ ID NO: 98), MRGSHHHHHHGSDDDDKIVDRNVPPIFNDVYWIAFCRFRGLISLSQVYLSZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 99), RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFCRFRGLISLSQVYLSZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 100), MRGSHHHHHHGSDDDDKIVD RNVPPIFNDVYWIAF GGGGSGGGGGGSS RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 101), RNVPPIFNDVYWIAF GGGGSGGGGGGSS RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 102), RNVPPIFNDVYWIAF GGGGSGGGGGGSS RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZ (SEQ ID NO: 103), RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFRNVPPIFNDVYWIAF ILMQYIKANSKFIGI (SEQ ID NO: 104), RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFRNVPPIFNDVYWIAF ILMQYIKANSKFIGIPMGLPQSIALSSLMVAQ (SEQ ID NO: 105), CRNVPPIFNDVYWIAFCRFRGLISLSQVYLSZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZC (SEQ ID NO: 106), and RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFCRFRGLISLSQVYLSXXK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAXX (SEQ ID NO: 202), in which the a denotes D-form alanine, the (Cha) denotes L-cyclohexylalanins, the Z denotes 6-aminohexanoic acid, and the X denotes any standard amino acid.


Example 79. Limitation on Sequence of Unit-C

The peptide unit of any one of Examples 1 to 6, 38 to 39, and 68 to 75, wherein the peptide unit is selected from the group consisting of the following: RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZRNVPPIFNDVYWIAF (SEQ ID NO: 107); RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZCRFRGLISLSQVYLS (P1: SEQ ID NO: 108); RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZKTTKQSFDLSVKAQYKKNKH (SEQ ID NO: 109); CRFRGLISLSQVYLSZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZRNVPPIFNDVYWIAF (SEQ ID NO: 110); CRFRGLISLSQVYLSZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZCRFRGLISLSQVYLS (SEQ ID NO: 111); RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFZaK(Cha)VAAVVTLKAAaZKTTKQSFDLSVKAQYKKNKH (SEQ ID NO: 112); KTTKQSFDLSVKAQYKKNKHZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZRNVPPIFNDVYWIAF (SEQ ID NO: 113); KTTKQSFDLSVKAQYKKNKHZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZCRFRGLISLSQVYLS (P4: SEQ ID NO: 114); KTTKQSFDLSVKAQYKKNKHZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZKTTKQSFDLSVKAQYK KNKH (SEQ ID NO: 115); PIFNDVYWIAFK(Cha)VAAWTLKAACRFRGLISLSQ (SEQ ID NO: 116); PPIFNDVYWK(Cha)VAAWTLKAARGLISLSQV (SEQ ID NO: 117); MRGSHHHHHHGSDDDDKIVD RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZRNVPPIFNDVYWIAF (SEQ ID NO: 118); MRGSHHHHHHGSDDDDKIVDRNVPPIFNDVYWIAF GGGGSGGGGGGSS ILMQYIKANSKFIGIPMGLPQSIALSSLMVAQ GGGGSGGGGGGSSCRFRGLISLSQVYLS (SEQ ID NO: 119); RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFILMQYIKANSKFIGICRFRGLISLSQVYLS (SEQ ID NO: 120); RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFZPKYVKQNTLKLATZCRFRGLISLSQVYLS (P5: SEQ ID NO: 121); CRNVPPIFNDVYWIAFZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZRNVPPIFNDVYWIAFC (SEQ ID NO: 122); RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAACRFRGLISLSQVYLS (SEQ ID NO: 160); RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFXXKXVAAWTLKAAXXCRFRGLISLSQVYLS (SEQ ID NO: 198); KTTKQSFDLSVKAQYKKNKHXXKXVAAWTLKAAXXCRFRGLISLSQVYLS (SEQ ID NO: 201); RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFXPKYVKQNTLKLATXCRFRGLISLSQVYLS (SEQ ID NO: 203); RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFXXKXVAAWiTLKAACRFRGLISLSQVYLS (SEQ ID NO: 207); RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFXXKFVAAWTLKAAXXCRFRGLISLSQVYLS (SEQ ID NO: 209); RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFXXKFVAAWTLKAACRFRGLISLSQVYLS (SEQ ID NO: 211); KTTKQSFDLSVKAQYKKNKHZaWPEANQVGAGAFGPGFaZCRFRGLISLSQVYLS (SEQ ID NO: 216); KTTKQSFDLSVKAQYKKNKHZaMDIDPYKEFGATVELLSFLPaZCRFRGLISLSQV YLS (SEQ ID NO: 217); and KTTKQSFDLSVKAQYKKNKHZaILMQYIKANSKFIGIPMGLPQSIALSSLMVAQaZ CRFRGLISLSQVYLS (SEQ ID NO: 218), in which the a denotes D-form alanine, the (Cha) denotes L-cyclohexylalanins, the Z denotes 6-aminohexanoic acid, and the X denotes any standard amino acid.


Example 80. Limitation on Sequence of Unit-E

The peptide unit of any one of Examples 1 to 6, 49 to 50, and 68 to 75, wherein the peptide unit is selected from the group consisting of the following: RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZILMQYIKANSKFIGIRNVPPIFND VYWIAF (SEQ ID NO: 137), RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZILMQYIKANSKFIGICRFRGLISLS QVYLS (SEQ ID NO: 138), RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZILMQYIKANSKFIGIKTTKQSFDL SVKAQYKKNKH (SEQ ID NO: 139), CRFRGLISLSQVYLSZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZILMQYIKANSKFIGIRNVPPIFNDV YWIAF (SEQ ID NO: 140), CRFRGLISLSQVYLSZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZILMQYIKANSKFIGICRFRGLISLS QVYLS (SEQ ID NO: 141), CRFRGLISLSQVYLSZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZILMQYIKANSKFIGIKTTKQSFDLS VKAQYKKNKH (SEQ ID NO: 142), KTTKQSFDLSVKAQYKKNKHZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZILMQYIKANSKFIGIRNV PPIFNDVYWIAF (SEQ ID NO: 143), KTTKQSFDLSVKAQYKKNKHZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZILMQYIKANSKFIGICRF RGLISLSQVYLS (SEQ ID NO: 144), KTTKQSFDLSVKAQYKKNKHZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZILMQYIKANSKFIGIKTT KQSFDLSVKAQYKKNKH (SEQ ID NO: 145), MRGSHHHHHHGSDDDDKIVDRNVPPIFNDVYWIAFZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZIL MQYIKANSKFIGIRNVPPIFNDVYWIAF (SEQ ID NO: 146), MRGSHHHHHHGSDDDDKIVDRNVPPIFNDVYWIAFGGGGSGGGGGGSSILMQYI KANSKFIGIPMGLPQSIALSSLMVAQILMQYIKANSKFIGIPMGLPQSIALSSLMVA QGGGGSGGGGGGSSCRFRGLISLSQVYLS (SEQ ID NO: 147), PIFNDVYWIAFK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAK(Cha)VAAWTLKAACRFRGLISLSQ (SEQ ID NO: 148), PPIFNDVYWK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAK(Cha)VAAWTLKAARGLISLSQV (SEQ ID NO: 149), and CRNVPPIFNDVYWIAFZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZILMQYIKANSKFIGIRNVPPIFND VYWIAFC (SEQ ID NO: 150), in which the a denotes D-form alanine, the (Cha) denotes L-cyclohexylalanins, and the Z denotes 6-aminohexanoic acid.


Peptide Unit 9—Formula
Example 81. Higher Concept of Unit-A Formula

The peptide unit of any one of Examples 1 to 2, wherein the peptide unit is represented by the following [Formula A] or [Formula A′]:





A1-B-A2-T-A3  [Formula A]





A1-T-A2-B-A3  [Formula A′]

    • in which the peptide unit is one which can induce a humoral immunity by being recognized by CD4+ T-cells and has a length of 23mer, 24mer, 25mer, 26mer, 27mer, 28mer, 29mer, 30mer, 31mer, 32mer, 33mer, 34mer, 35mer, 36mer, 37mer, 38mer, 39mer, 40mer, 41mer, 42mer, 43mer, 44mer, 45mer, 46mer, 47mer, 48mer, 49mer, 50mer, 51mer, 52mer, 53mer, 54mer, 55mer, 56mer, 57mer, 58mer, 59mer, 60mer, 61mer, 62mer, 63mer, 64mer, 65mer, 66mer, 67mer, 68mer, 69mer, 70mer, or 71mer;
    • in which the A1 is a first auxiliary part or absent; wherein the first auxiliary part has a linker function, a protective function, a cyclic form forming function, a dummy function, and/or a solubility increasing function, and may optionally have a nonstandard amino acid;
    • the A2 is a second auxiliary part or absent; wherein the second auxiliary part has a linker function, a protective function, a cyclic form forming function, a dummy function, and/or a solubility increasing function, and may optionally have a nonstandard amino acid;
    • the A3 is a third auxiliary part or absent; wherein the third auxiliary part has a linker function, a protective function, a cyclic form forming function, a dummy function, and/or a solubility increasing function, and may optionally have a nonstandard amino acid;
    • the B, which is a B-cell epitope, is a fragment of apolipoprotein B-100 or a mimotope of apolipoprotein B-100 and can induce an antibody which targets apolipoprotein B-100;
    • the T, which is a Th epitope, can be recognized by CD4+ T-cells and has a length of 8mer, 9mer, 10 mer, 11mer, 12mer, 13mer, 14mer, 15mer, 16mer, 17mer, 18mer, 19mer, 20mer, 21mer, 22mer, 23mer, 24mer, 25mer, 26mer, 27mer, 28mer, 29mer, 30mer, 31mer, or 32mer.


Example 82. Combination of Unit-A Sequences

In Example 81,

    • the A1, A2, and A3 may be each independently selected from the group consisting of a, Z, aZ, Za, RN, AF, CR, LS, KT, KH, RF, DP, SV, GL, ZRNV (SEQ ID NO: 36), aZRN (SEQ ID NO: 37), IAFZ (SEQ ID NO: 38), AFZa (SEQ ID NO: 39), RNVP (SEQ ID NO: 40), WIAF (SEQ ID NO: 41), ZCRF (SEQ ID NO: 42), aZCR (SEQ ID NO: 43), YLSZ (SEQ ID NO: 44), LSZa (SEQ ID NO: 45), CRFR (SEQ ID NO: 46), VYLS (SEQ ID NO: 47), ZKTT (SEQ ID NO: 48), aZKT (SEQ ID NO: 49), NKHZ (SEQ ID NO: 50), KHZa (SEQ ID NO: 51), GSHHHHHHGSDDDDK (SEQ ID NO: 52), HHHHHH (SEQ ID NO: 53), MRGSHHHHHHGSDDDDKIVD (SEQ ID NO: 54), GGGGSGGGGGGSS (SEQ ID NO: 55), RRRRRR (SEQ ID NO: 159), GSHHHHHHGSDDDDKZa (SEQ ID NO: 193), and aZGSHHHHHHGSDDDDK (SEQ ID NO: 194) or may be absent, in which the a denotes D-form alanine, and the Z denotes 6-aminohexanoic acid;
    • the B has:
    • one selected from the group consisting of RNVPPIFNDVYWIAF (SEQ ID NO: 6), CRFRGLISLSQVYLS (SEQ ID NO: 7), KTTKQSFDLSVKAQYKKNKH (SEQ ID NO: 8), RNVPPIFNDVY (SEQ ID NO: 9), CRFRGLISLSQ (SEQ ID NO: 10), KTTKQSFDLSVK (SEQ ID NO: 11), RNVPPIFNDVYW (SEQ ID NO: 12), CRFRGLISLSQV (SEQ ID NO: 13), KTTKQSFDLSVKAQYKK (SEQ ID NO: 14), RNVPPIFNDVYWI (SEQ ID NO: 15), CRFRGLISLSQVY (SEQ ID NO: 16), KTTKQSFDLSVKAQYKKN (SEQ ID NO: 17), PIFNDVYWIAF (SEQ ID NO: 18), GLISLSQVYLS (SEQ ID NO: 19), QSFDLSVKAQYKKNKH (SEQ ID NO: 20), PPIFNDVYWIAF (SEQ ID NO: 21), RGLISLSQVYLS (SEQ ID NO: 22), KQSFDLSVKAQYKKNKH (SEQ ID NO: 23), VPPIFNDVYWIAF (SEQ ID NO: 24), FRGLISLSQVYLS (SEQ ID NO: 25), TKQSFDLSVKAQYKKNKH (SEQ ID NO: 26), NVPPIFNDVYWIA (SEQ ID NO: 27), RFRGLISLSQVYL (SEQ ID NO: 28), TKQSFDLSVKAQYKKN (SEQ ID NO: 29), VPPIFNDVYWI (SEQ ID NO: 30), FRGLISLSQVY (SEQ ID NO: 31), TKQSFDLSVKAQYKKN (SEQ ID NO: 32), PPIFNDVYW (SEQ ID NO: 33), RGLISLSQV (SEQ ID NO: 34), KQSFDLSVKAQYKK (SEQ ID NO: 35), RFRGLISLSQVYLDP (SEQ ID NO: 221), and SVCGCPVGHHDVVGL (SEQ ID NO: 222);
    • an epitope, which is included in any one of SEQ ID NO: 6 to SEQ ID NO: 35, and SEQ ID NO: 221 to SEQ ID NO: 222; or
    • a sequence which matches 80% or more, 81% or more, 82% or more, 83% or more, 84% or more, 85% or more, 86% or more, 87% or more, 88% or more, 89% or more, 90% or more, 91% or more, 92% or more, 93% or more, 94% or more, 95% or more, 96% or more, 97% or more, 98% or more, 99% or more, or 100% or more, with any one of SEQ ID NO: 6 to SEQ ID NO: 35, and SEQ ID NO: 221 to SEQ ID NO: 222;
    • in which the a denotes D-form alanine, and the Z denotes 6-aminohexanoic acid;
    • the T is selected from the group consisting of the following:
    • one selected from a group consisting of K(Cha)VAAWTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 1), PKYVKQNTLKLAT (SEQ ID NO: 2), ILMQYIKANSKFIGI (SEQ ID NO: 3), QSIALSSLMVAQAIP (SEQ ID NO: 4), ILMQYIKANSKFIGIPMGLPQSIALSSLMVAQ (SEQ ID NO: 5), PLGFFPDHQL (SEQ ID NO: 162), WPEANQVGAGAFGPGF (SEQ ID NO: 163), MQWNSTALHQALQDP (SEQ ID NO: 164), MQWNSTTFHQTLQDPRVRGLYFPAGG (SEQ ID NO: 165), FFLLTRILTI (SEQ ID NO: 166), FFLLTRILTIPQSLD (SEQ ID NO: 167), TSLNFLGGTTVCLGQ (SEQ ID NO: 168), QSPTSNHSPTSCPPIC (SEQ ID NO: 169), IIFLFILLLCLIFLLVLLD (SEQ ID NO: 170), CTTPAQGNSMFPSC (SEQ ID NO: 171), CTKPTDGN (SEQ ID NO: 172), WASVRFSW (SEQ ID NO: 173), LLPIFFCLW (SEQ ID NO: 174), MDIDPYKEFGATVELLSFLP (SEQ ID NO: 175), FLPSDFFPSV (SEQ ID NO: 176), RDLLDTASALYREALESPEH (SEQ ID NO: 177), PHHTALRQAILCWGELMTLA (SEQ ID NO: 178), GRETVIEYLVSFGVW (SEQ ID NO: 179), EYLVSFGVWIRTPPA (SEQ ID NO: 180), VSFGVWIRTPPAYRPPNAPI (SEQ ID NO: 181), TVVRRRGRSP (SEQ ID NO: 182), VGPLTVNEKRRLKLI (SEQ ID NO: 183), RHYLHTLWKAGILYK (SEQ ID NO: 184), ESRLVVDFSQFSRGN (SEQ ID NO: 185), LQSLTNLLSSNLSWL (SEQ ID NO: 186), SSNLSWLSLDVSAAF (SEQ ID NO: 187), LHLYSHPIILGFRKI (SEQ ID NO: 188), KQCFRKLPVNRPIDW (SEQ ID NO: 189), LCQVFADATPTGWGL (SEQ ID NO: 190), AANWILRGTSFVYVP (SEQ ID NO: 191), EIRLKVFVLGGCRHK (SEQ ID NO: 192), KFVAAWTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 195), KYVAAWTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 196), DIEKKIAKMEKASSVFNVVNS (SEQ ID NO: 223), YSGPLKAEIAQRLEDV (SEQ ID NO: 224), K(Cha)VKANTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 225), K(Cha)VKANTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 226), K(Cha)VKAWTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 227), K(Cha)VKAWTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 228), K(Cha)VWANTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 229), K(Cha)VWANTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 230), K(Cha)VWAYTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 231), K(Cha)VWAVTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 232), K(Cha)VYAWTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 233), K(Cha)VYAWTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 234), R(Cha)VRANTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 235), K(Cha)VKAHTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 236), K(Cha)VKAHTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 237), K(Cha)VAANTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 238), K(Cha)VAANTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 239), K(Cha)VAAYTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 240), K(Cha)VAAYTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 241), K(Cha)VAAWTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 242), K(Cha)VAAKTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 243), K(Cha)VAAHTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 244), K(Cha)VAAATLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 245), K(Cha)VAAWTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 246), and K(Cha)VMAATLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 247);
    • a sequence represented by the following [Formula I] or [Formula II];











[Formula I]




N-Lys-X1-X2-Ala-Ala-X3-Thr-X4-X5-Ala-Ala-C









    • in which the X1 is tyrosine (Tyr), phenylalanine (Phe), or L-cyclohexylalanine;

    • the X2 is a hydrophobic amino acid, or leucine (Leu), or isoleucine (Ile);

    • the X3 is an aromatic or cyclic amino acid, or phenylalanine (Phe), tyrosine (Tyr), or histidine (His);

    • the X4 is an aliphatic long chain amino acid, or isoleucine (Ile), or valine (Val); and

    • the X5 is a charged amino acid, or arginine (Arg), leucine (Leu), aspartic acid (Asp), glutamine (Gln), or glycine (Gly);














[Formula II]



N-Lys-X1-Val-X2-Ala-X3-Thr-Leu-Lys-Ala-Ala-C








    • in which X1 is tyrosine (Tyr), phenylalanine (Phe), or L-cyclohexylalanine;

    • the X2 is lysine (Lys), tryptophan (Trp), tyrosine (Tyr), arginine (Arg), alanine (Ala), or methionine (Met); and

    • the X3 is asparagine (Asn), tryptophan (Trp), tyrosine (Tyr), valine (Val), histidine (His), lysine (Lys), or alanine (Ala); and

    • a sequence which matches 80% or more, 81% or more, 82% or more, 83% or more, 84% or more, 85% or more, 86% or more, 87% or more, 88% or more, 89% or more, 90% or more, 91% or more, 92% or more, 93% or more, 94% or more, 95% or more, 96% or more, 97% or more, 98% or more, 99% or more, or 100% or more, with any one of the sequences represented by SEQ ID NO: 1 to SEQ ID NO: 5, SEQ ID NO: 162 to SEQ ID NO: 192, SEQ ID NO: 195 to SEQ ID NO: 196, SEQ ID NO: 223 to SEQ ID NO: 247, and [Formula I] or [Formula II];

    • in which (Cha) denotes L-cyclohexylalanins, and X denotes any standard amino acid.





Example 83. Higher Concept of Unit-B Formula

The peptide unit of any one of Examples 1 and 2, wherein the peptide unit is represented by the following [Formula B] or [Formula B′]:











[Formula B]



A1-B1-A2-B2-A3-T-A4







[Formula B]



A1-T-A2-B1-A3-B2-A4








    • in which the peptide unit is characterized in that it can induce a humoral immunity by being recognized by CD4+ T-cells and has a length of 23mer, 24mer, 25mer, 26mer, 27mer, 28mer, 29mer, 30mer, 31mer, 32mer, 33mer, 34mer, 35mer, 36mer, 37mer, 38mer, 39mer, 40mer, 41 mer, 42mer, 43mer, 44mer, 45mer, 46mer, 47mer, 48mer, 49mer, 50mer, 51mer, 52mer, 53mer, 54mer, 55mer, 56mer, 57mer, 58mer, 59mer, 60mer, 61mer, 62mer, 63mer, 64mer, 65mer, 66mer, 67mer, 68mer, 69mer, 70mer, or 71mer;

    • in which the A1 is a first auxiliary part or absent; wherein the first auxiliary part has a linker function, a protective function, a cyclic form forming function, a dummy function, and/or a solubility increasing function, and may optionally have a nonstandard amino acid;

    • the A2 is a second auxiliary part or absent; wherein the second auxiliary part has a linker function, a protective function, a cyclic form forming function, a dummy function, and/or a solubility increasing function, and may optionally have a nonstandard amino acid;

    • the A3 is a third auxiliary part or absent; wherein the third auxiliary part has a linker function, a protective function, a cyclic form forming function, a dummy function, and/or a solubility increasing function, and may optionally have a nonstandard amino acid;

    • the A4 is a fourth auxiliary part or absent; wherein the fourth auxiliary part has a linker function, a protective function, a cyclic form forming function, a dummy function, and/or a solubility increasing function, and may optionally have a nonstandard amino acid;

    • the B1, which is a B-cell epitope, is a fragment of apolipoprotein B-100 or a mimotope of apolipoprotein B-100 and can induce an antibody which targets apolipoprotein B-100;

    • the B2, which is a B-cell epitope, is a fragment of apolipoprotein B-100 or a mimotope of apolipoprotein B-100 and can induce an antibody which targets apolipoprotein B-100; and

    • the T, which is a Th epitope, can be recognized by CD4+ T-cells and has a length of 8mer, 9mer, 10 mer, 11 mer, 12mer, 13mer, 14mer, 15mer, 16mer, 17mer, 18mer, 19mer, 20mer, 21mer, 22mer, 23mer, 24mer, 25mer, 26mer, 27mer, 28mer, 29mer, 30mer, 31mer, or 32mer.





Example 84. Combination of Unit-B Sequences

In Example 83,

    • the A1, A2, and A3 are each independently selected from the group consisting of a. Z, aZ, Za, RN, AF, CR, LS, KT, KH, RF, DP, SV, GL, ZRNV (SEQ ID NO: 36), aZRN (SEQ ID NO: 37), IAFZ (SEQ ID NO: 38), AFZa (SEQ ID NO: 39), RNVP (SEQ ID NO: 40), WIAF (SEQ ID NO: 41), ZCRF (SEQ ID NO: 42), aZCR (SEQ ID NO: 43), YLSZ (SEQ ID NO: 44), LSZa (SEQ ID NO: 45), CRFR (SEQ ID NO: 46), VYLS (SEQ ID NO: 47). ZKTT (SEQ ID NO: 48), aZKT (SEQ ID NO: 49), NKHZ (SEQ ID NO: 50), KHZa (SEQ ID NO: 51), GSHHHHHHGSDDDDK (SEQ ID NO: 52), HHHHHH (SEQ ID NO: 53). MRGSHHHHHHGSDDDDKIVD (SEQ ID NO: 54), GGGGSGGGGGGSS (SEQ ID NO: 55), RRRRRR (SEQ ID NO: 159), GSHHHHHHGSDDDDKZa (SEQ ID NO: 193), and aZGSHHHHHHGSDDDDK (SEQ ID NO: 194) or is absent; in which the a denotes D-form alanine, and the Z denotes 6-anmnohexanoic acid;
    • the B1 and the B2 are each independently,
    • selected from the group consisting of RNVPPIFNDVYWIAF (SEQ ID NO: 6), CRFRGLISLSQVYLS (SEQ ID NO: 7), KTTKQSFDLSVKAQYKKNKH (SEQ ID NO: 8), RNVPPIFNDVY (SEQ ID NO: 9), CRFRGLISLSQ (SEQ ID NO: 10), KTTKQSFDLSVK (SEQ ID NO: 11), RNVPPIFNDVYW (SEQ ID NO: 12), CRFRGLISLSQV (SEQ ID NO: 13), KTTKQSFDLSVKAQYKK (SEQ ID NO: 14), RNVPPIFNDVYWI (SEQ ID NO: 15), CRFRGLISLSQVY (SEQ ID NO: 16), KTTKQSFDLSVKAQYKKN (SEQ ID NO: 17), PIFNDVYWIAF (SEQ ID NO: 18), GLISLSQVYLS (SEQ ID NO: 19), QSFDLSVKAQYKKNKH (SEQ ID NO: 20), PPIFNDVYWIAF (SEQ ID NO: 21), RGLISLSQVYLS (SEQ ID NO: 22), KQSFDLSVKAQYKKNKH (SEQ ID NO: 23), VPPIFNDVYWIAF (SEQ ID NO: 24), FRGLISLSQVYLS (SEQ ID NO: 25), TKQSFDLSVKAQYKKNKH (SEQ ID NO: 26), NVPPIFNDVYWIA (SEQ ID NO: 27), RFRGLISLSQVYL (SEQ ID NO: 28), TKQSFDLSVKAQYKKN (SEQ ID NO: 29), VPPIFNDVYWI (SEQ ID NO: 30), FRGLISLSQVY (SEQ ID NO: 31), TKQSFDLSVKAQYKKN (SEQ ID NO: 32), PPIFNDVYW (SEQ ID NO: 33), RGLISLSQV (SEQ ID NO: 34), KQSFDLSVKAQYKK (SEQ ID NO: 35), RFRGLISLSQVYLDP (SEQ ID NO: 221), and SVCGCPVGHHDVVGL (SEQ ID NO: 222);
    • an epitope, which is included in any one of SEQ ID NO: 6 to SEQ ID NO: 35, and SEQ ID NO: 221 to SEQ ID NO: 222; or
    • has a sequence which matches 80% or more, 81% or more, 82% or more, 83% or more, 84% or more, 85% or more, 86% or more, 87% or more, 88% or more, 89% or more, 90% or more, 91% or more, 92% or more, 93% or more, 94% or more, 95% or more, 96% or more, 97% or more, 98% or more, 99% or more, or 100% or more with any one of SEQ ID NO: 6 to SEQ ID NO: 35, and SEQ ID NO: 221 to SEQ ID NO: 222;
    • in which the a denotes D-form alanine, and the Z denotes 6-aminohexanoic acid;
    • the T is selected from the group consisting of the following:
    • one selected from a group consisting of K(Cha)VAAWTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 1), PKYVKQNTLKLAT (SEQ ID NO: 2), ILMQYIKANSKFIGI (SEQ ID NO: 3), QSIALSSLMVAQAIP (SEQ ID NO: 4), ILMQYIKANSKFIGIPMGLPQSIALSSLMVAQ (SEQ ID NO: 5), PLGFFPDHQL (SEQ ID NO: 162), WPEANQVGAGAFGPGF (SEQ ID NO: 163), MQWNSTALHQALQDP (SEQ ID NO: 164), MQWNSTTFHQTLQDPRVRGLYFPAGG (SEQ ID NO: 165), FFLLTRILTI (SEQ ID NO: 166), FFLLTRILTIPQSLD (SEQ ID NO: 167), TSLNFLGGTTVCLGQ (SEQ ID NO: 168), QSPTSNHSPTSCPPIC (SEQ ID NO: 169), IIFLFILLLCLIFLLVLLD (SEQ ID NO: 170), CTTPAQGNSMFPSC (SEQ ID NO: 171), CTKPTDGN (SEQ ID NO: 172), WASVRFSW (SEQ ID NO: 173), LLPIFFCLW (SEQ ID NO: 174), MDIDPYKEFGATVELLSFLP (SEQ ID NO: 175), FLPSDFFPSV (SEQ ID NO: 176), RDLLDTASALYREALESPEH (SEQ ID NO: 177), PHHTALRQAILCWGELMTLA (SEQ ID NO: 178), GRETVIEYLVSFGVW (SEQ ID NO: 179), EYLVSFGVWIRTPPA (SEQ ID NO: 180), VSFGVWIRTPPAYRPPNAPI (SEQ ID NO: 181), TVVRRRGRSP (SEQ ID NO: 182), VGPLTVNEKRRLKLI (SEQ ID NO: 183), RHYLHTLWKAGILYK (SEQ ID NO: 184), ESRLVVDFSQFSRGN (SEQ ID NO: 185), LQSLTNLLSSNLSWL (SEQ ID NO: 186), SSNLSWLSLDVSAAF (SEQ ID NO: 187), LHLYSHPIILGFRKI (SEQ ID NO: 188), KQCFRKLPVNRPIDW (SEQ ID NO: 189), LCQVFADATPTGWGL (SEQ ID NO: 190), AANWILRGTSFVYVP (SEQ ID NO: 191), EIRLKVFVLGGCRHK (SEQ ID NO: 192). KFVAAWTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 195), KYVAAWTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 196), DIEKKIAKMEKASSVFNVVNS (SEQ ID NO: 223), YSGPLKAEIAQRLEDV (SEQ ID NO: 224). K(Cha)VKANTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 225), K(Cha)VKANTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 226), K(Cha)VKAWTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 227), K(Cha)VKAWTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 228), K(Cha)VWANTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 229), K(Cha)VWANTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 230), K(Cha)VWAYTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 231), K(Cha)VWAVTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 232), K(Cha)VYAWTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 233), K(Cha)VYAWTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 234), R(Cha)VRANTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 235), K(Cha)VKAHTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 236), K(Cha)VKAHTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 237), K(Cha)VAANTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 238), K(Cha)VAANTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 239), K(Cha)VAAYTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 240), K(Cha)VAAYTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 241), K(Cha)VAAWTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 242), K(Cha)VAAKTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 243), K(Cha)VAAHTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 244), K(Cha)VAAATLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 245), K(Cha)VAAWTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 246), and K(Cha)VMAATLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 247);
    • a sequence represented by the following [Formula I] or [Formula II]:











[Formula I]




N-Lys-X1-X2-Ala-Ala-X3-Thr-X4-X5-Ala-Ala-C









    • in which the X1 is tyrosine (Tyr), phenylalanine (Phe), or L-cyclohexylalanine;

    • the X2 is a hydrophobic amino acid, or leucine (Leu), or isoleucine (lie);

    • the X3 is an aromatic or cyclic amino acid, or phenylalanine (Phe), tyrosine (Tyr), or histidine (His);

    • the X4 is an aliphatic long chain amino acid, or isoleucine (lie), or valine (Val); and

    • the X5 is a charged amino acid, or arginine (Arg), leucine (Leu), aspartic acid (Asp), glutamine (Gin), or glycine (Gly);








N-Lys-X1-Val-X2-Ala-X3-Thr-Leu-Lys-Ala-Ala-C.  [Formula II]

    • in which X1 is tyrosine (Tyr), phenylalanine (Phe), or L-cyclohexylalanine;
    • the X2 is lysine (Lys), tryptophan (Trp), tyrosine (Tyr), arginine (Arg), alanine (Ala), or methionine (Met); and
    • the X3 is asparagine (Asn), tryptophan (Trp), tyrosine (Tyr), valine (Val), histidine (His), lysine (Lys), or alanine (Ala); and
    • a sequence which matches 80% or more, 81% or more, 82% or more, 83% or more, 84% or more, 85% or more, 86% or more, 87% or more, 88% or more, 89% or more, 90% or more, 91% or more, 92% or more, 93% or more, 94% or more, 95% or more, 96% or more, 97% or more, 98% or more, 99% or more, or 100% or more, with any one of the sequences represented by SEQ ID NO; 1 to SEQ ID NO; 5, SEQ ID NO; 162 to SEQ ID NO: 192, SEQ ID NO: 195 to SEQ ID NO: 196, SEQ ID NO; 223 to SEQ ID NO: 247, and [Formula I] or [Formula II];
    • in which (Cha) denotes L-cyclohexylalanins, and X denotes any standard amino acid.


Example 85. Higher Concept of Unit-C Formula

The peptide unit of any one of Examples 1 and 2, wherein the peptide unit is represented by the following [Formula C];











[Formula C]



A1-B1-A2-T-A3-B2-A4








    • in which the peptide unit is characterized in that it can induce a humoral immunity by being recognized by CD4+ T-cells and has a length of 23mer, 24mer, 25mer, 26mer, 27mer, 28mer, 29mer, 30mer, 31mer, 32mer, 33mer, 34mer, 35mer, 36mer, 37mer, 38mer, 39mer, 40mer, 41mer, 42mer, 43mer, 44mer, 45mer, 46mer, 47mer, 48mer, 49mer, 50mer, 51mer, 52mer, 53mer, 54mer, 55mer, 56mer, 57mer, 58mer, 59mer, 60mer, 61mer, 62mer, 63mer, 64mer, 65mer, 66mer, 67mer, 68mer, 69mer, 70mer, or 71mer;

    • in which the A1 is a first auxiliary part or absent; wherein the first auxiliary part has a linker function, a protective function, a cyclic form forming function, a dummy function, and/or a solubility increasing function, and may optionally have a nonstandard amino acid;

    • the A2 is a second auxiliary part or absent; wherein the second auxiliary part has a linker function, a protective function, a cyclic form forming function, a dummy function, and/or a solubility increasing function, and may optionally have a nonstandard amino acid;

    • the A3 is a third auxiliary part or absent; wherein the third auxiliary part has a linker function, a protective function, a cyclic form forming function, a dummy function, and/or a solubility increasing function, and may optionally have a nonstandard amino acid;

    • the A4 is a fourth auxiliary part or absent; wherein the fourth auxiliary part has a linker function, a protective function, a cyclic form forming function, a dummy function, and/or a solubility increasing function, and may optionally have a nonstandard amino acid;

    • the B1, which is a B-cell epitope, is a fragment of apolipoprotein B-100 or a mimotope of apolipoprotein B-100 and can induce an antibody which targets apolipoprotein B-100;

    • the B2, which is a B-cell epitope, is a fragment of apolipoprotein B-100 or a mimotope of apolipoprotein B-100 and can induce an antibody which targets apolipoprotein B-100; and

    • the T, which is a Th epitope, can be recognized by CD4+ T-cells and has a length of 8mer, 9mer, 10 mer, 11 mer, 12mer, 13mer, 14mer, 15mer, 16mer, 17mer, 18mer, 19mer, 20mer, 21mer, 22mer, 23mer, 24mer, 25mer, 26mer, 27mer, 28mer, 29mer, 30mer, 31mer, or 32mer.





Example 86. Combination of Unit-C Sequences

In Example 85,

    • the A1, A2, A3, and A4 are each independently selected from the group consisting of a, Z, aZ, Za, RN, AF, CR, LS, KT, KH, RF, DP, SV, GL, ZRNV (SEQ ID NO: 36), aZRN (SEQ ID NO: 37), IAFZ (SEQ ID NO: 38), AFZa (SEQ ID NO: 39), RNVP (SEQ ID NO: 40), WIAF (SEQ ID NO: 41), ZCRF (SEQ ID NO: 42), aZCR (SEQ ID NO: 43), YLSZ (SEQ ID NO: 44), LSZa (SEQ ID NO: 45), CRFR (SEQ ID NO: 46), VYLS (SEQ ID NO: 47), ZKTT (SEQ ID NO: 48), aZKT (SEQ ID NO: 49), NKHZ (SEQ ID NO: 50), KHZa (SEQ ID NO: 51), GSHHHHHHGSDDDDK (SEQ ID NO: 52), HHHHHH (SEQ ID NO: 53), MRGSHHHHHHGSDDDDKIVD (SEQ ID NO: 54), GGGGSGGGGGGSS (SEQ ID NO: 55), RRRRRR (SEQ ID NO: 159), GSHHHHHHGSDDDDKZa (SEQ ID NO: 193), and aZGSHHHHHHGSDDDDK (SEQ ID NO: 194), or is absent; in which a denotes D-form alanine, and Z denotes 6-aminohexanoic acid;
    • the B1 and B2 each independently have one selected from the group consisting of:
    • one selected from a group consisting of RNVPPIFNDVYWIAF (SEQ ID NO: 6), CRFRGLISLSQVYLS (SEQ ID NO: 7), KTTKQSFDLSVKAQYKKNKH (SEQ ID NO: 8), RNVPPIFNDVY (SEQ ID NO: 9), CRFRGLISLSQ (SEQ ID NO: 10), KTTKQSFDLSVK (SEQ ID NO: 11), RNVPPIFNDVYW (SEQ ID NO: 12), CRFRGLISLSQV (SEQ ID NO: 13), KTTKQSFDLSVKAQYKK (SEQ ID NO: 14), RNVPPIFNDVYWI (SEQ ID NO: 15), CRFRGLISLSQVY (SEQ ID NO: 16), KTTKQSFDLSVKAQYKKN (SEQ ID NO: 17), PIFNDVYWIAF (SEQ ID NO: 18), GLISLSQVYLS (SEQ ID NO: 19), QSFDLSVKAQYKKNKH (SEQ ID NO: 20), PPIFNDVYWIAF (SEQ ID NO: 21), RGLISLSQVYLS (SEQ ID NO: 22), KQSFDLSVKAQYKKNKH (SEQ ID NO: 23), VPPIFNDVYWIAF (SEQ ID NO: 24), FRGLISLSQVYLS (SEQ ID NO: 25), TKQSFDLSVKAQYKKNKH (SEQ ID NO: 26), NVPPIFNDVYWIA (SEQ ID NO: 27), RFRGLISLSQVYL (SEQ ID NO: 28), TKQSFDLSVKAQYKKN (SEQ ID NO: 29), VPPIFNDVYWI (SEQ ID NO: 30), FRGLISLSQVY (SEQ ID NO: 31), TKQSFDLSVKAQYKKN (SEQ ID NO: 32), PPIFNDVYW (SEQ ID NO: 33), RGLISLSQV (SEQ ID NO: 34), KQSFDLSVKAQYKK (SEQ ID NO: 35), RFRGLISLSQVYLDP (SEQ ID NO: 221), and SVCGCPVGHHDVVGL (SEQ ID NO: 222);
    • an epitope, which is included in any one of SEQ ID NO: 6 to SEQ ID NO: 35, and SEQ ID NO: 221 to SEQ ID NO: 222; or
    • a sequence which matches 80% or more, 81% or more, 82% or more, 83% or more, 84% or more, 85% or more, 86% or more, 87% or more, 88% or more, 89% or more, 90% or more, 91% or more, 92% or more, 93% or more, 94% or more, 95% or more, 96% or more, 97% or more, 98% or more, 99% or more, or 100% or more, with any one of the sequences represented by SEQ ID NO: 6 to SEQ ID NO: 35, and SEQ ID NO: 221 to SEQ ID NO: 222;
    • in which “a” denotes D-form alanine, and “Z” denotes 6-aminohexanoic acid;
    • the T is selected from the group consisting of the following:
      • one selected from a group consisting of K(Cha)VAAWTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 1), PKYVKQNTLKLAT (SEQ ID NO: 2), ILMQYIKANSKFIGI (SEQ ID NO: 3), QSIALSSLMVAQAIP (SEQ ID NO: 4), ILMQYIKANSKFIGIPMGLPQSIALSSLMVAQ (SEQ ID NO: 5), PLGFFPDHQL (SEQ ID NO: 162), WPEANQVGAGAFGPGF (SEQ ID NO: 163), MQWNSTALHQALQDP (SEQ ID NO: 164), MQWNSTTFHQTLQDPRVRGLYFPAGG (SEQ ID NO: 165), FFLLTRILTI (SEQ ID NO: 166), FFLLTRILTIPQSLD (SEQ ID NO: 167), TSLNFLGGTTVCLGQ (SEQ ID NO: 168), QSPTSNHSPTSCPPIC (SEQ ID NO: 169), IIFLFILLLCLIFLLVLLD (SEQ ID NO: 170), CTTPAQGNSMFPSC (SEQ ID NO: 171), CTKPTDGN (SEQ ID NO: 172), WASVRFSW (SEQ ID NO: 173), LLPIFFCLW (SEQ ID NO: 174), MDIDPYKEFGATVELLSFLP (SEQ ID NO: 175), FLPSDFFPSV (SEQ ID NO: 176), RDLLDTASALYREALESPEH (SEQ ID NO: 177), PHHTALRQAILCWGELMTLA (SEQ ID NO: 178), GRETVIEYLVSFGVW (SEQ ID NO: 179), EYLVSFGVWIRTPPA (SEQ ID NO: 180), VSFGVWIRTPPAYRPPNAPI (SEQ ID NO: 181), TVVRRRGRSP (SEQ ID NO: 182), VGPLTVNEKRRLKLI (SEQ ID NO: 183), RHYLHTLWKAGILYK (SEQ ID NO: 184), ESRLVVDFSQFSRGN (SEQ ID NO: 185), LQSLTNLLSSNLSWL (SEQ ID NO: 186), SSNLSWLSLDVSAAF (SEQ ID NO: 187), LHLYSHPIILGFRKI (SEQ ID NO: 188), KQCFRKLPVNRPIDW (SEQ ID NO: 189), LCQVFADATPTGWGL (SEQ ID NO: 190), AANWILRGTSFVYVP (SEQ ID NO: 191), EIRLKVFVLGGCRHK (SEQ ID NO: 192), KFVAAWTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 195), KYVAAWTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 196), DIEKKIAKMEKASSVFNVVNS (SEQ ID NO: 223), YSGPLKAEIAQRLEDV (SEQ ID NO: 224), K(Cha)VKANTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 225), K(Cha)VKANTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 226), K(Cha)VKAWTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 227), K(Cha)VKAWTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 228), K(Cha)VWANTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 229), K(Cha)VWANTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 230), K(Cha)VWAYTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 231), K(Cha)VWAVTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 232), K(Cha)VYAWTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 233), K(Cha)VYAWTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 234), R(Cha)VRANTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 235), K(Cha)VKAHTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 236), K(Cha)VKAHTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 237), K(Cha)VAANTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 238), K(Cha)VAANTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 239), K(Cha)VAAYTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 240), K(Cha)VAAYTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 241), K(Cha)VAAWTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 242), K(Cha)VAAKTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 243), K(Cha)VAAHTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 244), K(Cha)VAAATLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 245), K(Cha)VAAWTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 246), and K(Cha)VMAATLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 247);
      • a sequence represented by the following [Formula I] or [Formula II]:











[Formula I]




N-Lys-X1-X2-Ala-Ala-X3-Thr-X4-X5-Ala-Ala-C











      • in which the X1 is tyrosine (Tyr), phenylalanine (Phe), or L-cyclohexylalanine;

      • the X2 is a hydrophobic amino acid, or leucine (Leu), or isoleucine (Ile);

      • the X3 is an aromatic or cyclic amino acid, or phenylalanine (Phe), tyrosine (Tyr), or histidine (His);

      • the X4 is an aliphatic long chain amino acid, or isoleucine (Ile), or valine (Val), and

      • the X5 is a charged amino acid, or arginine (Arg), leucine (Leu), aspartic acid (Asp), glutamine (Gln), or glycine (Gly):
















[Formula II]




N-Lys-X1-Val-X2-Ala-X3-Thr-Leu-Lys-Ala-Ala-C











      • in which X1 is tyrosine (Tyr), phenylalanine (Phe), or L-cyclohexylalanine;

      • the X2 is lvsine (Lys), tryptophan (Trp), tyrosine (Tyr), arginine (Arg), alanine (Ala), or methionine (Met); and

      • the X3 is asparagine (Asn), tryptophan (Trp), tyrosine (Tyr), valine (Val), histidine (His), lysine (Lys), or alanine (Ala); and

      • a sequence which matches 80% or more, 81% or more, 82% or more, 83% or more, 84% or more, 85% or more, 86% or more, 87% or more, 88% or more, 89% or more, 90% or more, 91% or more, 92% or more, 93% or more, 94% or more, 95% or more, 96% or more, 97% or more, 98% or more, 99% or more, or 100% or more, with any one of the sequences represented by SEQ ID NO: 1 to SEQ ID NO: 5, SEQ ID NO: 162 to SEQ ID NO: 192, SEQ ID NO: 195 to SEQ ID NO: 196, SEQ ID NO: 223 to SEQ ID NO: 247, and [Formula I] or [Formula II];

      • in which (Cha) denotes L-cyclohexylalanins, and X denotes any standard amino acid.







Example 87. Higher Concept of Unit-D Formula

The peptide unit of any one of Examples 1 and 2, wherein the peptide unit is represented by the following [Formula I] or [Formula II]:











[Formula D]



A1-B-A2-T1-A3-T2-A4







[Formula D′]



A1-T1-A2-T2-A3-B-A4








    • in which the peptide unit is characterized in that it can induce a humoral immunity by being recognized by CD4+ T-cells and has a length of 23mer, 24mer, 25mer, 26mer, 27mer, 28mer, 29mer, 30mer, 31mer, 32mer, 33mer, 34mer, 35mer, 36mer, 37mer, 38mer, 39mer, 40mer, 41mer, 42mer, 43mer, 44mer, 45mer, 46mer, 47mer, 48mer, 49mer, 50mer, 51mer, 52mer, 53mer, 54mer, 55mer, 56mer, 57mer, 58mer, 59mer, 60mer, 61mer, 62mer, 63mer, 64 mer, 65mer, 66mer, 67mer, 68mer, 69mer, 70mer, or 71mer;

    • in which the A1 is a first auxiliary part or absent; wherein the first auxiliary part has a linker function, a protective function, a cyclic form forming function, a dummy function, and/or a solubility increasing function, and may optionally have a nonstandard amino acid;

    • the A2 is a second auxiliary part or absent; wherein the second auxiliary part has a linker function, a protective function, a cyclic form forming function, a dummy function, and/or a solubility increasing function, and optionally may have a nonstandard amino acid;

    • the A3 is a third auxiliary part or absent; wherein the third auxiliary part has a linker function, a protective function, a cyclic form forming function, a dummy function, and/or a solubility increasing function, and may optionally have a nonstandard amino acid;

    • the A4 is a fourth auxiliary part or absent; wherein the fourth auxiliary part has a linker function, a protective function, a cyclic form forming function, a dummy function, and/or a solubility increasing function, and may optionally have a nonstandard amino acid;

    • the B, which is a B-cell epitope, is a fragment of apolipoprotein B-100 or a mimotope of apolipoprotein B-100 and can induce an antibody which targets apolipoprotein B-100;

    • the T1, which is a Th epitope, can be recognized by CD4+ T-cells and has a length of 8mer, 9mer, 10mer, 11 mer, 12mer, 13mer, 14mer, 15mer, 16mer, 17mer, 18mer, 19mer, 20mer, 21mer, 22mer, 23mer, 24mer, 25mer, 26mer, 27mer, 28mer, 29mer, 30mer, 31mer, or 32mer; and

    • the T2, which is a Th epitope, can be recognized by CD4+ T-cells and has a length of 8mer, 9mer, 10mer, 11 mer, 12mer, 13mer, 14mer, 15mer, 16mer, 17mer, 18mer, 19mer, 20mer, 21mer, 22mer, 23mer, 24mer, 25mer, 26mer, 27mer, 28mer, 29mer, 30mer, 31mer, or 32mer.





Example 88. Combination of Unit-D Sequences

In Example 87,

    • the A1, A2, A3, and A4 are each independently selected from the group consisting of a, Z, aZ, Za, RN, AF, CR, LS, KT, KH, RF, DP, SV, GL, ZRNV (SEQ ID NO: 36), aZRN (SEQ ID NO: 37), IAFZ (SEQ ID NO: 38), AFZa (SEQ ID NO: 39), RNVP (SEQ ID NO: 40), WIAF (SEQ ID NO: 41), ZCRF (SEQ ID NO: 42), aZCR (SEQ ID NO: 43), YLSZ (SEQ ID NO: 44), LSZa (SEQ ID NO: 45), CRFR (SEQ ID NO: 46), VYLS (SEQ ID NO. 47), ZKTT (SEQ ID NO: 48), aZKT (SEQ ID NO: 49), NKHZ (SEQ ID NO: 50), KHZa (SEQ ID NO: 51), GSHHHHHHGSDDDDK (SEQ ID NO: 52), HHHHHH (SEQ ID NO: 53), MRGSHHHHHHGSDDDDKIVD (SEQ ID NO: 54), GGGGSGGGGGGSS (SEQ ID NO: 55), RRRRRR (SEQ ID NO: 159), GSHHHHHHGSDDDDKZa (SEQ ID NO: 193), and aZGSHHHHHHGSDDDDK (SEQ ID NO: 194)), or is absent; in which a denotes D-form alanine, and Z denotes 6-aminohexanoic acid;
    • the B has:
    • one selected from the group consisting of RNVPPIFNDVYWIAF (SEQ ID NO: 6). CRFRGLISLSQVYLS (SEQ ID NO: 7), KTTKQSFDLSVKAQYKKNKH (SEQ ID NO: 8), RNVPPIFNDVY (SEQ ID NO: 9), CRFRGLISLSQ (SEQ ID NO: 10), KTTKQSFDLSVK (SEQ ID NO: 11), RNVPPIFNDVYW (SEQ ID NO: 12), CRFRGLISLSQV (SEQ ID NO: 13), KTTKQSFDLSVKAQYKK (SEQ ID NO: 14), RNVPPIFNDVYWI (SEQ ID NO: 15), CRFRGLISLSQVY (SEQ ID NO: 16), KTTKQSFDLSVKAQYKKN (SEQ ID NO: 17), PIFNDVYWIAF (SEQ ID NO: 18), GLISLSQVYLS (SEQ ID NO: 19), QSFDLSVKAQYKKNKH (SEQ ID NO: 20), PPIFNDVYWIAF (SEQ ID NO: 21), RGLISLSQVYLS (SEQ ID NO: 22), KQSFDLSVKAQYKKNKH (SEQ ID NO: 23), VPPIFNDVYWIAF (SEQ ID NO: 24), FRGLISLSQVYLS (SEQ ID NO: 25), TKQSFDLSVKAQYKKNKH (SEQ ID NO: 26), NVPPIFNDVYWIA (SEQ ID NO: 27), RFRGLISLSQVYL (SEQ ID NO: 28), TKQSFDLSVKAQYKKN (SEQ ID NO: 29), VPPIFNDVYWI (SEQ ID NO: 30), FRGLISLSQVY (SEQ ID NO: 31), TKQSFDLSVKAQYKKN (SEQ ID NO: 32), PPIFNDVYW (SEQ ID NO: 33), RGLISLSQV (SEQ ID NO: 34), KQSFDLSVKAQYKK (SEQ ID NO: 35), RFRGLISLSQVYLDP (SEQ ID NO: 221), and SVCGCPVGHHDVVGL (SEQ ID NO: 222);
    • an epitope, which is included in any one of SEQ ID NO: 6 to SEQ ID NO: 35, and SEQ ID NO: 221 to SEQ ID NO: 222; or
    • a sequence which matches 80% or more, 81% or more, 82% or more, 83% or more, 84% or more, 85% or more, 86% or more, 87% or more, 88% or more, 89% or more, 90% or more, 91% or more, 92% or more, 93% or more, 94% or more, 95% or more, 96% or more, 97% or more, 98% or more, 99% or more, or 100% or more, with any one of the sequences represented by SEQ ID NO: 6 to SEQ ID NO: 35, and SEQ ID NO: 221 to SEQ ID NO: 222;
    • in which a denotes D-form alanine, and Z denotes 6-aminohexanoic acid;
    • the T1 and T2 are each independently selected from the group consisting of the following:
    • one selected from a group consisting of K(Cha)VAAWTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 1), PKYVKQNTLKLAT (SEQ ID NO: 2), ILMQYIKANSKFIGI (SEQ ID NO: 3), QSIALSSLMVAQAIP (SEQ ID NO: 4), ILMQYIKANSKFIGIPMGLPQSIALSSLMVAQ (SEQ ID NO: 5), PLGFFPDHQL (SEQ ID NO: 162), WPEANQVGAGAFGPGF (SEQ ID NO: 163), MQWNSTALHQALQDP (SEQ ID NO: 164), MQWNSTTFHQTLQDPRVRGLYFPAGG (SEQ ID NO: 165), FFLLTRILTI (SEQ ID NO: 166), FFLLTRILTIPQSLD (SEQ ID NO: 167), TSLNFLGGTTVCLGQ (SEQ ID NO: 168), QSPTSNHSPTSCPPIC (SEQ ID NO: 169), IIFLFILLLCLIFLLVLLD (SEQ ID NO: 170), CTTPAQGNSMFPSC (SEQ ID NO: 171), CTKPTDGN (SEQ ID NO: 172), WASVRFSW (SEQ ID NO: 173), LLPIFFCLW (SEQ ID NO: 174), MDIDPYKEFGATVELLSFLP (SEQ ID NO: 175), FLPSDFFPSV (SEQ ID NO: 176), RDLLDTASALYREALESPEH (SEQ ID NO: 177), PHHTALRQAILCWGELMTLA (SEQ ID NO: 178), GRETVIEYLVSFGVW (SEQ ID NO: 179), EYLVSFGVWIRTPPA (SEQ ID NO: 180), VSFGVWIRTPPAYRPPNAPI (SEQ ID NO: 181), TVVRRRGRSP (SEQ ID NO: 182), VGPLTVNEKRRLKLI (SEQ ID NO: 183), RHYLHTLWKAGILYK (SEQ ID NO: 184), ESRLVVDFSQFSRGN (SEQ ID NO: 185), LQSLTNLLSSNLSWL (SEQ ID NO: 186), SSNLSWLSLDVSAAF (SEQ ID NO: 187), LHLYSHPIILGFRKI (SEQ ID NO: 188), KQCFRKLPVNRPIDW (SEQ ID NO: 189), LCQVFADATPTGWGL (SEQ ID NO: 190), AANWILRGTSFVYVP (SEQ ID NO: 191), EIRLKVFVLGGCRHK (SEQ ID NO: 192), KFVAAWTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 195), KYVAAWTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 196), DIEKKIAKMEKASSVFNVVNS (SEQ ID NO: 223), YSGPLKAEIAQRLEDV (SEQ ID NO: 224), K(Cha)VKANTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 225), K(Cha)VKANTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 226), K(Cha)VKAWTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 227), K(Cha)VKAWTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 228), K(Cha)VWANTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 229), K(Cha)VWANTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 230), K(Cha)VWAYTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 231), K(Cha)VWAVTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 232), K(Cha)VYAWTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 233), K(Cha)VYAWTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 234), R(Cha)VRANTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 235), K(Cha)VKAHTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 236), K(Cha)VKAHTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 237), K(Cha)VAANTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 238), K(Cha)VAANTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 239), K(Cha)VAAYTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 240), K(Cha)VAAYTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 241), K(Cha)VAAWTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 242), K(Cha)VAAKTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 243), K(Cha)VAAHTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 244), K(Cha)VAAATLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 245), K(Cha)VAAWTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 246), and K(Cha)VMAATLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 247);
    • a sequence represented by the following [Formula I] or [Formula II]:











[Formula I]




N-Lys-X1-X2-Ala-Ala-X3-Thr-X4-X5-Ala-Ala-C









    • in which the X1 is tyrosine (Tyr), phenylalanine (Phe), or L-cyclohexylalanine;

    • the X2 is a hydrophobic amino acid, or leucine (Leu), or isoleucine (lie);

    • the X3 is an aromatic or cyclic amino acid, or phenylalanine (Phe), tyrosine (Tyr), or histidine (His);

    • the X4 is an aliphatic long chain amino acid, or isoleucine (lie), or valine (Val); and

    • the X5 is a charged amino acid, or arginine (Arg), leucine (Leu), aspartic acid (Asp), glutamine (Gln), or glycine (Gly);












[Formula II] N-Lys-X1-Val-X2-Ala-X3-Thr-Leu-Lys-





Ala-Ala-C:








    • in which the X1 is tyrosine (Tyr), phenylalanine (Phe), or L-cyclohexylalanine;

    • the X2 is lysine (Lys), tryptophan (Trp), tyrosine (Tyr), arginine (Arg), alanine (Ala), or methionine (Met);

    • the X3 is asparagine (Asn), tryptophan (Trp), tyrosine (Tyr), valine (Val), histidine (His), lysine (Lys), or alanine (Ala); and

    • a sequence which matches 80% or more, 81% or more, 82% or more, 83% or more, 84% or more, 85% or more, 86% or more, 87% or more, 88% or more, 89% or more, 90% or more, 91% or more, 92% or more, 93% or more, 94% or more, 95% or more, 96% or more, 97% or more, 98% or more, 99% or more, or 100% or more, with any one of the sequences represented by SEQ ID NO: 1 to SEQ ID NO: 5, SEQ ID NO: 162 to SEQ ID NO: 192, SEQ ID NO: 195 to SEQ ID NO: 196, SEQ ID NO: 223 to SEQ ID NO: 247, and [Formula I] or [Formula II];

    • in which (Cha) denotes L-cyclohexylalanins, and X denotes any standard amino acid.





Example 89. Higher Concept of Unit-E Formula

The peptide unit of any one of Examples 1 and 2, wherein the peptide unit is represented by the following [Formula E]:













[Formula E] A1-B1-A2-T1-A3-T2-A4-B2-A5








    • in which the peptide unit is one which can induce a humoral immunity by being recognized by CD4+ T-cells and has a length of 23mer, 24mer, 25mer, 26mer, 27mer, 28mer, 29mer, 30mer, 31 mer, 32mer, 33mer, 34mer, 35mer, 36mer, 37mer, 38mer, 39mer, 40mer, 41mer, 42mer, 43mer, 44mer, 45mer, 46mer, 47mer, 48mer, 49mer, 50mer, 51mer, 52mer, 53mer, 54mer, 55mer, 56mer, 57mer, 58mer, 59mer, 60mer, 61mer, 62mer, 63mer, 64mer, 65mer, 66mer, 67mer, 68mer, 69mer, 70mer, or 71mer;

    • in which the A1 is a first auxiliary part or absent; wherein the first auxiliary part has a linker function, a protective function, a cyclic form forming function, a dummy function, and/or a solubility increasing function, and may optionally have a nonstandard amino acid;

    • the A2 is a second auxiliary part or absent; wherein the second auxiliary part has a linker function, a protective function, a cyclic form forming function, a dummy function, and/or a solubility increasing function, and optionally may have a nonstandard amino acid;

    • the A3 is a third auxiliary part or absent; wherein the third auxiliary part has a linker function, a protective function, a cyclic form forming function, a dummy function, and/or a solubility increasing function, and may optionally have a nonstandard amino acid;

    • the A4 is a fourth auxiliary part or absent; wherein the fourth auxiliary part has a linker function, a protective function, a cyclic form forming function, a dummy function, and/or a solubility increasing function, and may optionally have a nonstandard amino acid;

    • the B1, which is a B-cell epitope, is a fragment of apolipoprotein B-100 or a mimotope of apolipoprotein B-100 and can induce an antibody which targets apolipoprotein B-100;

    • the B2, which is a B-cell epitope, is a fragment of apolipoprotein B-100 or a mimotope of apolipoprotein B-100 and can induce an antibody which targets apolipoprotein B-100;

    • the T1, which is a Th epitope, is characterized in that it can be recognized by CD4+ T-cells and has a length of 8mer, 9mer, 10mer, 11mer, 12mer, 13mer, 14mer, 15mer, 16mer, 17mer, 18mer, 19mer, 20mer, 21mer, 22mer, 23mer, 24mer, 25mer, 26mer, 27mer, 28mer, 29mer, 30mer, 31mer, or 32mer; and

    • the T2, which is a Th epitope, is characterized in that it can be recognized by CD4+ T-cells and has a length of 8mer, 9mer, 10mer, 11 mer, 12mer, 13mer, 14mer, 15mer, 16mer, 17mer, 18mer, 19mer, 20mer, 21mer, 22mer, 23mer, 24mer, 25mer, 26mer, 27mer, 28mer, 29mer, 30mer, 31mer, or 32mer.





Example 90. Combination of Unit-E Sequences

In Example 89,

    • the A1, A2, A3, and A4 are each independently selected from the group consisting of a, Z, aZ, Za, RN, AF, CR, LS, KT, KH, RF, DP, SV, GL, ZRNV (SEQ ID NO: 36), aZRN (SEQ ID NO: 37), IAFZ (SEQ ID NO: 38), AFZa (SEQ ID NO: 39), RNVP (SEQ ID NO: 40), WIAF (SEQ ID NO: 41), ZCRF (SEQ ID NO: 42), aZCR (SEQ ID NO: 43), YLSZ (SEQ ID NO: 44), LSZa (SEQ ID NO: 45), CRFR (SEQ ID NO: 46), VYLS (SEQ ID NO: 47), ZKTT (SEQ ID NO: 48), aZKT (SEQ ID NO: 49), NKHZ (SEQ ID NO: 50), KHZa (SEQ ID NO: 51), GSHHHHHHGSDDDDK (SEQ ID NO: 52), HHHHHH (SEQ ID NO: 53), MRGSHHHHHHGSDDDDKIVD (SEQ ID NO: 54), GGGGSGGGGGGSS (SEQ ID NO: 55), RRRRRR (SEQ ID NO: 159), GSHHHHHHGSDDDDKZa (SEQ ID NO: 193), and aZGSHHHHHHGSDDDDK (SEQ ID NO: 194), or is absent; in which a denotes D-form alanine, and Z denotes 6-aminohexanoic acid;
    • the B1 and B2 each independently have one selected from the group consisting of,
    • one selected from a group consisting of RNVPPIFNDVYWIAF (SEQ ID NO: 6), CRFRGLISLSQVYLS (SEQ ID NO: 7), KTTKQSFDLSVKAQYKKNKH (SEQ ID NO: 8). RNVPPIFNDVY (SEQ ID NO: 9), CRFRGLISLSQ (SEQ ID NO: 10), KTTKQSFDLSVK (SEQ ID NO: 11), RNVPPIFNDVYW (SEQ ID NO: 12), CRFRGLISLSQV (SEQ ID NO: 13), KTTKQSFDLSVKAQYKK (SEQ ID NO: 14), RNVPPIFNDVYWI (SEQ ID NO: 15), CRFRGLISLSQVY (SEQ ID NO: 16), KTTKQSFDLSVKAQYKKN (SEQ ID NO: 17), PIFNDVYWIAF (SEQ ID NO: 18), GLISLSQVYLS (SEQ ID NO: 19), QSFDLSVKAQYKKNKH (SEQ ID NO: 20), PPIFNDVYWIAF (SEQ ID NO: 21), RGLISLSQVYLS (SEQ ID NO: 22), KQSFDLSVKAQYKKNKH (SEQ ID NO: 23), VPPIFNDVYWIAF (SEQ ID NO: 24), FRGLISLSQVYLS (SEQ ID NO: 25), TKQSFDLSVKAQYKKNKH (SEQ ID NO: 26), NVPPIFNDVYWIA (SEQ ID NO: 27), RFRGLISLSQVYL (SEQ ID NO: 28), TKQSFDLSVKAQYKKN (SEQ ID NO: 29), VPPIFNDVYWI (SEQ ID NO: 30), FRGLISLSQVY (SEQ ID NO: 31), TKQSFDLSVKAQYKKN (SEQ ID NO: 32), PPIFNDVYW (SEQ ID NO: 33), RGLISLSQV (SEQ ID NO: 34), KQSFDLSVKAQYKK (SEQ ID NO: 35), RFRGLISLSQVYLDP (SEQ ID NO: 221), and SVCGCPVGHHDVVGL (SEQ ID NO: 222);
    • an epitope, which is included in any one of SEQ ID NO: 6 to SEQ ID NO: 35, and SEQ ID NO: 221 to SEQ ID NO: 222; or
    • a sequence which matches 80% or more, 81% or more, 82% or more, 83% or more, 84% or more, 85% or more, 86% or more, 87% or more, 88% or more, 89% or more, 90% or more, 91% or more, 92% or more, 93% or more, 94% or more, 95% or more, 96% or more, 97% or more, 98% or more, 99% or more, or 100% or more, with any one of the sequences represented by SEQ ID NO: 6 to SEQ ID NO: 35, and SEQ ID NO: 221 to SEQ ID NO: 222;
    • in which a denotes D-form alanine, and Z denotes 6-aminohexanoic acid;
    • the T1 and T2 are each independently selected from the group consisting of the following:
    • one selected from a group consisting of K(Cha)VAAWTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 1), PKYVKQNTLKLAT (SEQ ID NO: 2), ILMQYIKANSKFIGI (SEQ ID NO: 3), QSIALSSLMVAQAIP (SEQ ID NO: 4), ILMQYIKANSKFIGIPMGLPQSIALSSLMVAQ (SEQ ID NO: 5), PLGFFPDHQL (SEQ ID NO: 162), WPEANQVGAGAFGPGF (SEQ ID NO: 163), MQWNSTALHQALQDP (SEQ ID NO: 164), MQWNSTTFHQTLQDPRVRGLYFPAGG (SEQ ID NO: 165), FFLLTRILTI (SEQ ID NO: 166), FFLLTRILTIPQSLD (SEQ ID NO: 167), TSLNFLGGTTVCLGQ (SEQ ID NO: 168), QSPTSNHSPTSCPPIC (SEQ ID NO: 169), IIFLFILLLCLIFLLVLLD (SEQ ID NO: 170), CTTPAQGNSMFPSC (SEQ ID NO: 171), CTKPTDGN (SEQ ID NO: 172), WASVRFSW (SEQ ID NO: 173), LLPIFFCLW (SEQ ID NO: 174), MDIDPYKEFGATVELLSFLP (SEQ ID NO: 175), FLPSDFFPSV (SEQ ID NO: 176), RDLLDTASALYREALESPEH (SEQ ID NO: 177), PHHTALRQAILCWGELMTLA (SEQ ID NO: 178), GRETVIEYLVSFGVW (SEQ ID NO: 179), EYLVSFGVWIRTPPA (SEQ ID NO: 180), VSFGVWIRTPPAYRPPNAPI (SEQ ID NO: 181), TVVRRRGRSP (SEQ ID NO: 182), VGPLTVNEKRRLKLI (SEQ ID NO: 183), RHYLHTLWKAGILYK (SEQ ID NO: 184), ESRLVVDFSQFSRGN (SEQ ID NO: 185), LQSLTNLLSSNLSWL (SEQ ID NO: 186), SSNLSWLSLDVSAAF (SEQ ID NO: 187), LHLYSHPIILGFRKI (SEQ ID NO: 188), KQCFRKLPVNRPIDW (SEQ ID NO: 189), LCQVFADATPTGWGL (SEQ ID NO: 190), AANWILRGTSFVYVP (SEQ ID NO: 191), EIRLKVFVLGGCRHK (SEQ ID NO: 192), KFVAAWTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 195), KYVAAWTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 196), DIEKKIAKMEKASSVFNVVNS (SEQ ID NO: 223), YSGPLKAEIAQRLEDV (SEQ ID NO: 224), K(Cha)VKANTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 225), K(Cha)VKANTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 226), K(Cha)VKAWTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 227), K(Cha)VKAWTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 228), K(Cha)VWANTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 229), K(Cha)VWANTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 230), K(Cha)VWAYTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 231), K(Cha)VWAVTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 232), K(Cha)VYAWTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 233), K(Cha)VYAWTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 234), R(Cha)VRANTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 235), K(Cha)VKAHTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 236), K(Cha)VKAHTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 237), K(Cha)VAANTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 238), K(Cha)VAANTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 239), K(Cha)VAAYTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 240), K(Cha)VAAYTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 241), K(Cha)VAAWTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 242), K(Cha)VAAKTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 243), K(Cha)VAAHTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 244), K(Cha)VAAATLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 245), K(Cha)VAAWTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 246), and K(Cha)VMAATLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 247);
    • a sequence represented by the following [Formula I] or [Formula II]:









[Formula I] N-Lys-X1-X2-Ala-Ala-X3-Thr-X4-X5-Ala-





Ala-C








    • in which the X1 is tyrosine (Tyr), phenylalanine (Phe), or L-cyclohexylalanine;

    • the X2 is a hydrophobic amino acid, or leucine (Leu), or isoleucine (Ile);

    • the X3 is an aromatic or cyclic amino acid, or phenylalanine (Phe), tyrosine (Tyr), or histidine (His);

    • the X4 is an aliphatic long chain amino acid, or isoleucine (lie), or valine (Val); and

    • the X5 is a charged amino acid, or arginine (Arg), leucine (Leu), aspartic acid (Asp), glutamine (Gin), or glycine (Gly);












[Formula II] N-Lys-X1-Val-X2-Ala-X3-Thr-Leu-Lys-





Ala-Ala-C:








    • in which X1 is tyrosine (Tyr), phenylalanine (Phe), or L-cyclohexylalanine;

    • the X2 is lysine (Lys), tryptophan (Trp), tyrosine (Tyr), arginine (Arg), alanine (Ala), or methionine (Met); and

    • the X3 is asparagine (Asn), tryptophan (Trp), tyrosine (Tyr), valine (Val), histidine (His), lysine (Lys), or alanine (Ala); and

    • a sequence which matches 80% or more, 81% or more, 82% or more, 83% or more, 84% or more, 85% or more, 86% or more, 87% or more, 88% or more, 89% or more, 90% or more, 91% or more, 92% or more, 93% or more, 94% or more, 95% or more, 96% or more, 97% or more, 98% or more, 99% or more, or 100% or more, with any one of the sequences represented by SEQ ID NO: 1 to SEQ ID NO: 5, SEQ ID NO: 162 to SEQ ID NO: 192, SEQ ID NO: 195 to SEQ ID NO: 196, SEQ ID NO: 223 to SEQ ID NO: 247, and [Formula I] or [Formula II];

    • in which (Cha) denotes L-cyclohexylalanins, and X denotes any standard amino acid.





Peptide Including Peptide Unit
Example 91. Peptide Including 2 or More Peptide Units

A peptide, in which 2 or more peptide units of any one of Examples 1 to 90 are linked.


Example 92. Peptide Including Two to Eight Peptide Units

A peptide, in which 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8 of peptide units of any one of Examples 1 to 90 are linked.


Example 93. Concatemer Sequence

The peptide of Example 91, wherein each of the peptide units has the same or equivalent sequence.


Example 94. String of Beads

The peptide of Example 91, wherein each of the peptide units has a different sequence.


Example 95. Cyclic Form

The peptide of Example 91, in which the peptide is characterized in that it further includes an auxiliary part having a cyclic-form-forming function at the N-terminus and C-terminus, and the peptide forms a cyclic form through the auxiliary part.


Nucleic Acid Encoding Peptide Unit and/or Peptide


Example 96, Encoding Nucleic Acid, not Including Nonstandard Amino Acid

A nucleic acid which encodes a peptide unit of any one of Examples 1 to 6 and/or a peptide of any one of Example 91 to Example 95, in which the peptide unit and the peptide do not include a nonstandard amino acid.


Example 97. Encoding Nucleic Acid of Each Unit Formula, not Including Nonstandard Amino Acid

A nucleic acid, which encodes a peptide unit of any one of Example 7 to Example 10, Example 14 to Example 18, Example 22, Example 26 to Example 30, Example 34, Example 38 to Example 41, Example 45, Example 49 to Example 54, Example 58 to Example 60, Example 64, Example 68, and Example 72, in which the peptide unit is characterized in that it does not include a nonstandard amino acid.


Example 98. Limitation on Sequence of Unit Peptide

The nucleic acid of any one of Examples 96 and 97, wherein the nucleic acid encoding a peptide unit selected from the following: RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFXXKXVAAWTLKAAXXCRFRGLISLSQVYLS (SEQ ID NO: 198); RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFXXKXVAAWTLKAAXXGSHHHHHHGSDDDDK (SEQ ID NO: 199); GSHHHHHHGSDDDDKXXKXVAAWTLKAAXXRNVPPIFNDVYWIAF (SEQ ID NO: 200); KTTKQSFDLSVKAQYKKNKHXXKXVAAWTLKAAXXCRFRGLISLSQVYLS (SEQ ID NO: 201); RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFCRFRGLISLSQVYLSXXKXVAAWTLKAAXX (SEQ ID NO: 202); RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFXPKYVKQNTLKLATXCRFRGLISLSQVYLS (SEQ ID NO: 203); RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFXXKXVAAWTLKAAXX (SEQ ID NO: 204); RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFKXVAAWTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 205); RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFKXVAAWTLKAAHHHHHH (SEQ ID NO: 206); RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFXXKXVAAWTLKAACRFRGLISLSQVYLS (SEQ ID NO: 207); RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFXXKXVAAWTLKAACR (SEQ ID NO: 208); RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFXXKFVAAWTLKAAXXCRFRGLISLSQVYLS (SEQ ID NO: 209); RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFXXKFVAAWTLKAAXX (SEQ ID NO: 210); RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFXXKFVAAWTLKAACRFRGLISLSQVYLS (SEQ ID NO: 211); and RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFXXKFVAAWTLKAACR (SEQ ID NO: 212), in which the X denotes any standard amino acid.


Example 99. Limitation on Sequence of Unit-Encoding DNA

The nucleic acid of Example 98, a DNA which is represented by a sequence selected from the following:









(SEQ ID NO: 248)


5′-CGTAATGTTCCTCCTATCTTCAATGATGTTTATTGGATTGCATTCNN





NNNNAAGNNNGTGGCAGCTTGGACCCTGAAGGCAGCANNNNNNTGCCGTT





TCCGTGGACTGATTTCCCTGTCCCAGGTTTATCTGTCC-3′;





(SEQ ID NO: 249)


5′-CGTAATGTTCCTCCTATCTTCAATGATGTTTATTGGATTGCATTCNN





NNNNAAGTTCGTGGCAGCTTGGACCCTGAAGGCAGCANNNNNNTGCCGTT





TCCGTGGACTGATTTCCCTGTCCCAGGTTTATCTGTCC-3′;





(SEQ ID NO: 250)


5′-CGTAATGTTCCTCCTATCTTCAATGATGTTTATTGGATTGCATTCNN





NNNNAAGTATGTGGCAGCTTGGACCCTGAAGGCAGCANNNNNNTGCCGTT





TCCGTGGACTGATTTCCCTGTCCCAGGTTTATCTGTCC-3′;





(SEQ ID NO: 251)


5′-CGTAATGTTCCTCCTATCTTCAATGATGTTTATTGGATTGCATTCNN





NNNNAAGNNNGTGGCAGCTTGGACCCTGAAGGCAGCANNNNNNGGATCGC





ATCACCATCACCATCACGGATCCGATGATGATGACAAG-3′;





(SEQ ID NO: 252)


5′-ACGTAATGTTCCTCCTATCTTCAATGATGTTTATTGGATTGCATTCN





NNNNNAAGTTCGTGGCAGCTTGGACCCTGAAGGCAGCANNNNNNGGATCG





CATCACCATCACCATCACGGATCCGATGATGATGACAAG-3′;





(SEQ ID NO: 253)


5′-CGTAATGTTCCTCCTATCTTCAATGATGTTTATTGGATTGCATTCNN





NNNNAAGTATGTGGCAGCTTGGACCCTGAAGGCAGCANNNNNNGGATCGC





ATCACCATCACCATCACGGATCCGATGATGATGACAAG-3′;





(SEQ ID NO: 254)


5′-GGATCGCATCACCATCACCATCACGGATCCGATGATGATGACAAGNN





NNNNAAGNNNGTGGCAGCTTGGACCCTGAAGGCAGCANNNNNNCGTAATG





TTCCTCCTATCTTCAATGATGTTTATTGGATTGCATTC-3′;





(SEQ ID NO: 255)


5′-GGATCGCATCACCATCACCATCACGGATCCGATGATGATGACAAGNN





NNNNAAGTTCGTGGCAGCTTGGACCCTGAAGGCAGCANNNNNNCGTAATG





TTCCTCCTATCTTCAATGATGTTTATTGGATTGCATTC-3′;





(SEQ ID NO: 256)


5′-GGATCGCATCACCATCACCATCACGGATCCGATGATGATGACAAGNN





NNNNAAGTATGTGGCAGCTTGGACCCTGAAGGCAGCANNNNNNCGTAATG





TTCCTCCTATCTTCAATGATGTTTATTGGATTGCATTC-3′;





(SEQ ID NO: 257)


5′-AAAACGACAAAGCAATCATTTGATTTAAGTGTAAAAGCTCAGTATNN





NNNNAAGNNNGTGGCAGCTTGGACCCTGAAGGCAGCANNNNNNTGCCGTT





TCCGTGGACTGATTTCCCTGTCCCAGGTTTATCTGTCC-3′;





(SEQ ID NO: 258)


5′-AAAACGACAAAGCAATCATTTGATTTAAGTGTAAAAGCTCAGTATNN





NNNNAAGTTCGTGGCAGCTTGGACCCTGAAGGCAGCANNNNNNTGCCGTT





TCCGTGGACTGATTTCCCTGTCCCAGGTTTATCTGTCC-3′;





(SEQ ID NO: 259)


5′-AAAACGACAAAGCAATCATTTGATTTAAGTGTAAAAGCTCAGTATNN





NNNNAAGTATGTGGCAGCTTGGACCCTGAAGGCAGCANNNNNNTGCCGTT





TCCGTGGACTGATTTCCCTGTCCCAGGTTTATCTGTCC-3′;





(SEQ ID NO: 260)


5′-CGTAATGTTCCTCCTATCTTCAATGATGTTTATTGGATTGCATTCTG





CCGTTTCCGTGGACTGATTTCCCTGTCCCAGGTTTATCTGTCCNNNNNNA





AGNNNGTGGCAGCTTGGACCCTGAAGGCAGCANNNNNN-3′;





(SEQ ID NO: 261)


5′-CGTAATGTTCCTCCTATCTTCAATGATGTTTATTGGATTGCATTCTG





CCGTTTCCGTGGACTGATTTCCCTGTCCCAGGTTTATCTGTCCNNNNNNA





AGTTCGTGGCAGCTTGGACCCTGAAGGCAGCANNNNNN-3′;





(SEQ ID NO: 262)


5′-CGTAATGTTCCTCCTATCTTCAATGATGTTTATTGGATTGCATTCTG





CCGTTTCCGTGGACTGATTTCCCTGTCCCAGGTTTATCTGTCCNNNNNNA





AGTATGTGGCAGCTTGGACCCTGAAGGCAGCANNNNNN-3′;





(SEQ ID NO: 263)


5′-CGTAATGTTCCTCCTATCTTCAATGATGTTTATTGGATTGCATTCNN





NCCTAAGTATGTGAAGCAGAATACACTGAAGCTGGCAACCNNNTGCCGTT





TCCGTGGACTGATTTCCCTGTCCCAGGTTTATCTGTCC-3′;





(SEQ ID NO: 264)


5′-CGTAATGTTCCTCCTATCTTCAATGATGTTTATTGGATTGCATTCNN





NNNNAAGNNNGTGGCAGCTTGGACCCTGAAGGCAGCANNNNNN-3′;





(SEQ ID NO: 265)


5′-CGTAATGTTCCTCCTATCTTCAATGATGTTTATTGGATTGCATTCNN





NNNNAAGTTCGTGGCAGCTTGGACCCTGAAGGCAGCANNNNNN-3′;





(SEQ ID NO: 266)


5′-CGTAATGTTCCTCCTATCTTCAATGATGTTTATTGGATTGCATTCNN





NNNNAAGTATGTGGCAGCTTGGACCCTGAAGGCAGCANNNNNN-3′;





(SEQ ID NO: 267)


5′-CGTAATGTTCCTCCTATCTTCAATGATGTTTATTGGATTGCATTCAA





GNNNGTGGCAGCTTGGACCCTGAAGGCAGCA-3′;





(SEQ ID NO: 268)


5′-CGTAATGTTCCTCCTATCTTCAATGATGTTTATTGGATTGCATTCAA





GTTCGTGGCAGCTTGGACCCTGAAGGCAGCA-3′;





(SEQ ID NO: 269)


5′-CGTAATGTTCCTCCTATCTTCAATGATGTTTATTGGATTGCATTCAA





GTATGTGGCAGCTTGGACCCTGAAGGCAGCA-3′;





(SEQ ID NO: 270)


5′-CGTAATGTTCCTCCTATCTTCAATGATGTTTATTGGATTGCATTCAA





GNNNGTGGCAGCTTGGACCCTGAAGGCAGCACATCACCATCACCATCAC-





3′;





(SEQ ID NO: 271)


5′-CGTAATGTTCCTCCTATCTTCAATGATGTTTATTGGATTGCATTCAA





GTTCGTGGCAGCTTGGACCCTGAAGGCAGCACATCACCATCACCATCAC-





3′;





(SEQ ID NO: 272)


5′-CGTAATGTTCCTCCTATCTTCAATGATGTTTATTGGATTGCATTCAA





GTATGTGGCAGCTTGGACCCTGAAGGCAGCACATCACCATCACCATCAC-





3′;





(SEQ ID NO: 273)


5′-CGTAATGTTCCTCCTATCTTCAATGATGTTTATTGGATTGCATTCNN





NNNNAAGNNNGTGGCAGCTTGGACCCTGAAGGCAGCATGCCGTTTCCGTG





GACTGATTTCCCTGTCCCAGGTTTATCTGTCC-3′;





(SEQ ID NO: 274)


5′-CGTAATGTTCCTCCTATCTTCAATGATGTTTATTGGATTGCATTCNN





NNNNAAGTTCGTGGCAGCTTGGACCCTGAAGGCAGCATGCCGTTTCCGTG





GACTGATTTCCCTGTCCCAGGTTTATCTGTCC-3′;





(SEQ ID NO: 275)


5′-CGTAATGTTCCTCCTATCTTCAATGATGTTTATTGGATTGCATTCNN





NNNNAAGTATGTGGCAGCTTGGACCCTGAAGGCAGCATGCCGTTTCCGTG





GACTGATTTCCCTGTCCCAGGTTTATCTGTCC-3′;





(SEQ ID NO: 276)


5′-CGTAATGTTCCTCCTATCTTCAATGATGTTTATTGGATTGCATTCNN





NNNNAAGNNNGTGGCAGCTTGGACCCTGAAGGCAGCATGCCGT-3′;





(SEQ ID NO: 277)


5′-CGTAATGTTCCTCCTATCTTCAATGATGTTTATTGGATTGCATTCNN





NNNNAAGTTCGTGGCAGCTTGGACCCTGAAGGCAGCATGCCGT-3′;


and





(SEQ ID NO: 278)


5′-CGTAATGTTCCTCCTATCTTCAATGATGTTTATTGGATTGCATTCNN





NNNNAAGTATGTGGCAGCTTGGACCCTGAAGGCAGCATGCCGT-3′.






Example 100. Limitation on Sequence of Unit-Encoding RNA

The nucleic acid of Example 98, a RNA represented by a sequence selected from the following:









(SEQ ID NO: 279)


5′-CGUAAUGUUCCUCCUAUCUUCAAUGAUGUUUAUUGGAUUGCAUUCNN





NNNNAAGNNNGUGGCAGCUUGGACCCUGAAGGCAGCANNNNNNUGCCGUU





UCCGUGGACUGAUUUCCCUGUCCCAGGUUUAUCUGUCC-3′;





(SEQ ID NO: 280)


5′-CGUAAUGUUCCUCCUAUCUUCAAUGAUGUUUAUUGGAUUGCAUUCNN





NNNNAAGUUCGUGGCAGCUUGGACCCUGAAGGCAGCANNNNNNUGCCGUU





UCCGUGGACUGAUUUCCCUGUCCCAGGUUUAUCUGUCC-3′;





(SEQ ID NO: 281)


5′-CGUAAUGUUCCUCCUAUCUUCAAUGAUGUUUAUUGGAUUGCAUUCNN





NNNNAAGUAUGUGGCAGCUUGGACCCUGAAGGCAGCANNNNNNUGCCGUU





UCCGUGGACUGAUUUCCCUGUCCCAGGUUUAUCUGUCC-3′;





(SEQ ID NO: 282)


5′-CGUAAUGUUCCUCCUAUCUUCAAUGAUGUUUAUUGGAUUGCAUUCNN





NNNNAAGNNNGUGGCAGCUUGGACCCUGAAGGCAGCANNNNNNGGAUCGC





AUCACCAUCACCAUCACGGAUCCGAUGAUGAUGACAAG-3′;





(SEQ ID NO: 283)


5′-CGUAAUGUUCCUCCUAUCUUCAAUGAUGUUUAUUGGAUUGCAUUCNN





NNNNAAGUUCGUGGCAGCUUGGACCCUGAAGGCAGCANNNNNNGGAUCGC





AUCACCAUCACCAUCACGGAUCCGAUGAUGAUGACAAG-3′;





(SEQ ID NO: 284)


5′-CGUAAUGUUCCUCCUAUCUUCAAUGAUGUUUAUUGGAUUGCAUUCNN





NNNNAAGUAUGUGGCAGCUUGGACCCUGAAGGCAGCANNNNNNGGAUCGC





AUCACCAUCACCAUCACGGAUCCGAUGAUGAUGACAAG-3′;





(SEQ ID NO: 285)


5′-GGAUCGCAUCACCAUCACCAUCACGGAUCCGAUGAUGAUGACAAGNN





NNNNAAGNNNGUGGCAGCUUGGACCCUGAAGGCAGCANNNNNNCGUAAUG





UUCCUCCUAUCUUCAAUGAUGUUUAUUGGAUUGCAUUC-3′;





(SEQ ID NO: 286)


5′-GGAUCGCAUCACCAUCACCAUCACGGAUCCGAUGAUGAUGACAAGNN





NNNNAAGUUCGUGGCAGCUUGGACCCUGAAGGCAGCANNNNNNCGUAAUG





UUCCUCCUAUCUUCAAUGAUGUUUAUUGGAUUGCAUUC-3′;





(SEQ ID NO: 287)


5′-GGAUCGCAUCACCAUCACCAUCACGGAUCCGAUGAUGAUGACAAGNN





NNNNAAGUAUGUGGCAGCUUGGACCCUGAAGGCAGCANNNNNNCGUAAUG





UUCCUCCUAUCUUCAAUGAUGUUUAUUGGAUUGCAUUC-3′;





(SEQ ID NO: 288)


5′-AAAACGACAAAGCAAUCAUUUGAUUUAAGUGUAAAAGCUCAGUAUNN





NNNNAAGNNNGUGGCAGCUUGGACCCUGAAGGCAGCANNNNNNUGCCGUU





UCCGUGGACUGAUUUCCCUGUCCCAGGUUUAUCUGUCC-3′;





(SEQ ID NO: 289)


5′-AAAACGACAAAGCAAUCAUUUGAUUUAAGUGUAAAAGCUCAGUAUNN





NNNNAAGUUCGUGGCAGCUUGGACCCUGAAGGCAGCANNNNNNUGCCGUU





UCCGUGGACUGAUUUCCCUGUCCCAGGUUUAUCUGUCC-3′;





(SEQ ID NO: 290)


5′-AAAACGACAAAGCAAUCAUUUGAUUUAAGUGUAAAAGCUCAGUAUNN





NNNNAAGUAUGUGGCAGCUUGGACCCUGAAGGCAGCANNNNNNUGCCGUU





UCCGUGGACUGAUUUCCCUGUCCCAGGUUUAUCUGUCC-3′;





(SEQ ID NO: 291)


5′-CGUAAUGUUCCUCCUAUCUUCAAUGAUGUUUAUUGGAUUGCAUUCUG





CCGUUUCCGUGGACUGAUUUCCCUGUCCCAGGUUUAUCUGUCCNNNNNNA





AGNNNGUGGCAGCUUGGACCCUGAAGGCAGCANNNNNN-3′;





(SEQ ID NO: 292)


5′-CGUAAUGUUCCUCCUAUCUUCAAUGAUGUUUAUUGGAUUGCAUUCUG





CCGUUUCCGUGGACUGAUUUCCCUGUCCCAGGUUUAUCUGUCCNNNNNNA





AGUUCGUGGCAGCUUGGACCCUGAAGGCAGCANNNNNN-3′;





(SEQ ID NO: 293)


5′-CGUAAUGUUCCUCCUAUCUUCAAUGAUGUUUAUUGGAUUGCAUUCUG





CCGUUUCCGUGGACUGAUUUCCCUGUCCCAGGUUUAUCUGUCCNNNNNNA





AGUAUGUGGCAGCUUGGACCCUGAAGGCAGCANNNNNN-3′;





(SEQ ID NO: 294)


5′-CGUAAUGUUCCUCCUAUCUUCAAUGAUGUUUAUUGGAUUGCAUUCNN





NCCUAAGUAUGUGAAGCAGAAUACACUGAAGCUGGCAACCNNNUGCCGUU





UCCGUGGACUGAUUUCCCUGUCCCAGGUUUAUCUGUCC-3′;





(SEQ ID NO: 295)


5′-CGUAAUGUUCCUCCUAUCUUCAAUGAUGUUUAUUGGAUUGCAUUCNN





NNNNAAGNNNGUGGCAGCUUGGACCCUGAAGGCAGCANNNNNN-3′;





(SEQ ID NO: 296)


5′-CGUAAUGUUCCUCCUAUCUUCAAUGAUGUUUAUUGGAUUGCAUUCNN





NNNNAAGUUCGUGGCAGCUUGGACCCUGAAGGCAGCANNNNNN-3′;





(SEQ ID NO: 297)


5′-CGUAAUGUUCCUCCUAUCUUCAAUGAUGUUUAUUGGAUUGCAUUCNN





NNNNAAGUAUGUGGCAGCUUGGACCCUGAAGGCAGCANNNNNN-3′;





(SEQ ID NO: 298)


5′-CGUAAUGUUCCUCCUAUCUUCAAUGAUGUUUAUUGGAUUGCAUUCAA





GNNNGUGGCAGCUUGGACCCUGAAGGCAGCA-3′;





(SEQ ID NO: 299)


5′-CGUAAUGUUCCUCCUAUCUUCAAUGAUGUUUAUUGGAUUGCAUUCAA





GUUCGUGGCAGCUUGGACCCUGAAGGCAGCA-3′;





(SEQ ID NO: 300)


5′-CGUAAUGUUCCUCCUAUCUUCAAUGAUGUUUAUUGGAUUGCAUUCAA





GUAUGUGGCAGCUUGGACCCUGAAGGCAGCA-3′;





(SEQ ID NO: 301)


5′-CGUAAUGUUCCUCCUAUCUUCAAUGAUGUUUAUUGGAUUGCAUUCAA





GNNNGUGGCAGCUUGGACCCUGAAGGCAGCACAUCACCAUCACCAUCAC-





3′;





(SEQ ID NO: 302)


5′-CGUAAUGUUCCUCCUAUCUUCAAUGAUGUUUAUUGGAUUGCAUUCAA





GUUCGUGGCAGCUUGGACCCUGAAGGCAGCACAUCACCAUCACCAUCAC-





3′;





(SEQ ID NO: 303)


5′-CGUAAUGUUCCUCCUAUCUUCAAUGAUGUUUAUUGGAUUGCAUUCAA





GUAUGUGGCAGCUUGGACCCUGAAGGCAGCACAUCACCAUCACCAUCAC-





3′;





(SEQ ID NO: 304)


5′-CGUAAUGUUCCUCCUAUCUUCAAUGAUGUUUAUUGGAUUGCAUUCNN





NNNNAAGNNNGUGGCAGCUUGGACCCUGAAGGCAGCAUGCCGUUUCCGUG





GACUGAUUUCCCUGUCCCAGGUUUAUCUGUCC-3′;





(SEQ ID NO: 305)


5′-CGUAAUGUUCCUCCUAUCUUCAAUGAUGUUUAUUGGAUUGCAUUCNN





NNNNAAGUUCGUGGCAGCUUGGACCCUGAAGGCAGCAUGCCGUUUCCGUG





GACUGAUUUCCCUGUCCCAGGUUUAUCUGUCC-3′;





(SEQ ID NO: 306)


5′-CGUAAUGUUCCUCCUAUCUUCAAUGAUGUUUAUUGGAUUGCAUUCNN





NNNNAAGUAUGUGGCAGCUUGGACCCUGAAGGCAGCAUGCCGUUUCCGUG





GACUGAUUUCCCUGUCCCAGGUUUAUCUGUCC-3′;





(SEQ ID NO: 307)


5′-CGUAAUGUUCCUCCUAUCUUCAAUGAUGUUUAUUGGAUUGCAUUCNN





NNNNAAGNNNGUGGCAGCUUGGACCCUGAAGGCAGCAUGCCGU-3′;





(SEQ ID NO: 308)


5′-CGUAAUGUUCCUCCUAUCUUCAAUGAUGUUUAUUGGAUUGCAUUCNN





NNNNAAGUUCGUGGCAGCUUGGACCCUGAAGGCAGCAUGCCGU-3′;


and





(SEQ ID NO: 309)


5′-CGUAAUGUUCCUCCUAUCUUCAAUGAUGUUUAUUGGAUUGCAUUCNN





NNNNAAGUAUGUGGCAGCUUGGACCCUGAAGGCAGCAUGCCGU-3′.






Example 101. Vector

A vector including any one nucleic acid of Example 96 to Example 100.


Example 102. Limitation on Vector

The vector of Example 101, wherein the vector is selected from the group consisting of plasmids, retroviruses, lentiviruses, adenoviruses, adeno-associated viruses, vaccinia viruses, poxviruses, and herpes simplex viruses.


Example 103. Mammalian Codon-Optimized Nucleic Acid

A nucleic acid of any one of Examples 96 to 98, wherein the nucleic acid is codon-optimized for a species selected from mammals.


Example 104. Human Codon-Optimized Nucleic Acid

A nucleic acid of any one of Examples 96 to 98, wherein the nucleic acid is human codon-optimized.


Example 105. Prokaryotic Codon-Optimized Nucleic Acid

A nucleic acid of any one of Examples 96 to 98, wherein the nucleic acid is codon-optimized for a species selected from prokaryotes.


Example 106, E. coli Codon-Optimized Nucleic Acid

A nucleic acid of any one of Examples 96 to 98, wherein the nucleic acid is E. coli codon-optimized.


Pharmaceutical Composition Including Peptide
Example 107. Pharmaceutical Composition for Immunotherapy

A pharmaceutical composition for immunotherapy including the following:

    • a peptide unit of any one of Examples 1 to 90, and/or a peptide of any one of Examples 91 to 95; and
    • adjuvants.


Example 108. Pharmaceutical Composition for Obesity Treatment

A pharmaceutical composition for obesity treatment including the following:

    • a peptide unit of any one of Examples 1 to 90, and/or a peptide of any one of Examples 91 to 95; and
    • adjuvants.


Example 109. Limitation on Adjuvants

In any one of Examples 107 to 108, the adjuvant is water, saline, dextrose, ethanol, glycerol, sodium chloride, dextrose, mannitol, sorbitol, lactose, gelatin, albumin, aluminum hydroxide, Freund's Incomplete Adjuvant and Complete Adjuvant (Pifco Laboratories, Detroit, Mich.), a Merck antigen adjuvant 65 (Merck and Company. Inc., Rahway, NJ.), alhydrogel (Al(OH)3), aluminum hydroxide gel (alum), or aluminum salts such as aluminum phosphate, AS04 series, MF, squalene. MF59, QS21, calcium, iron or zinc salts, insoluble suspensions of acylated tyrosine, acylated fructose, cationically or anionically derived polysaccharides, polyphosphazenes, biodegradable microspheres, Quil A, toll-like receptor (TLR) agonists, PHAD [Avanti polar lipid, Monophosphoryl Lipid A (synthetic)], monophosphoryl lipid A (MPL, monophosphoryl Lipid A), synthetic lipid A, lipid A mimics or analogues, aluminum salts, cytokines, saponins, prolactin, growth hormone deoxycholic acid, betaglucan, polyribonucleotides, muramyl dipeptide (MDP) derivatives, CpG oligos, gram-negative bacterial lipopolysaccharide (LPS), polyphosphazene, emulsions, virosome, cochleate, poly(lactide-co-glycolide) (PLG) microparticles, poloxamer particles, microparticles, liposomes, or appropriate combinations thereof.


Pharmaceutical Composition Including Encoding Nucleic Acid
Example 110, Formulated Encoding Nucleic Acid

Formulated encoding nucleic acid, which is characterized in that the nucleic acid of any one of Examples 96 to 106 is formulated using a viral vector and/or non-viral vector.


Example 111. Limitation on Viral Vector

In Example 110, the encoding nucleic acid is characterized in that the viral vector is selected from the following:

    • retrovirus; lentivirus; adenovirus; adeno-associated virus; vaccinia virus; poxvirus; and herpes simplex virus.


Example 112. Limitation on Forms of Formulated Nucleic Acid

In Example 110, the encoding nucleic acid is characterized in that the formulated nucleic acid is selected from the following:

    • a naked nucleic acid; a cationic peptide-complex nucleic acid (protamine); a positively charged oil-water cationic nanoemulsion including a nucleic acid (cationic nanoemulsion); a nucleic acid which is coupled with a chemically modified dendrimer and complexed with polyethylene glycol and PEG-lipid (modified dendrimer nanoparticle); a nucleic acid complexed with protamine in PEG-lipid nanoparticles (Protamine liposome); a nucleic acid which is complexed with a cationic polymer such as polyethylenimine and PEI (cationic polymer); a nucleic acid which is complexed with a cationic polymer such as a PEI and lipid component (cationic polymer liposome); a nucleic acid which is complexed with a polysaccharide polymer such as chitosan (polysaccharide particle); a nucleic acid which is complexed with a cationic lipid nanoparticle polymer (cationic lipid nanoparticle); a nucleic acid which is complexed with cationic lipid and cholesterol (cationic lipid-cholesterol nanoparticle); and a nucleic acid which is complexed with cationic lipid, cholesterol, and PEG-lipid (cationic lipid-cholesterol-PEG nanoparticle).


Example 113. Pharmaceutical Composition for Immunotherapy Including Formulated Nucleic Acid

A pharmaceutical composition for immunotherapy including the following:

    • a formulated nucleic acid of any one of Examples 100 to 112; and
    • adjuvants.


Example 114. Pharmaceutical Composition for Obesity Treatment Including Formulated Nucleic Acid

A pharmaceutical composition for obesity treatment including the following:

    • a formulated nucleic acid of any one of Examples 100 to 112; and
    • adjuvants.


Example 115. Limitation on Adjuvants

A pharmaceutical composition of any one of Examples 113 and 114, which is characterized in that the adjuvant is one or more selected from the following:

    • lipid nanoparticles (LNPs); aluminum salts; 1,2-dioleyl-3-trimethylammonium-propane chloride; MF59 (Novartis) adjuvant; CD70; CD40 ligand (CD40L); TriMix; protamine acting through TLR7 signaling; and/or bacteria-derived monophosphoryl lipid A.


Example 116. Including Additional Ingredients

The pharmaceutical composition of any one of Examples 113 to 114, wherein the pharmaceutical composition includes one or more additional ingredients selected from the following:

    • lipids; salts to balance body acidity; sucrose to maintain stability during repeated freezing-thawing; and vaccine stability enhancing substances.


Example 117. Limitation on Additional Ingredients

The pharmaceutical composition of Example 116,

    • wherein a pharmaceutical composition which is characterized in that the lipid is one or more selected from SM-102, PEG2000-DMG, DPSC, cholesterol, and ALC-0315;
    • the salt is one or more selected from sodium acetate, potassium chloride, monobasic potassium phosphate, sodium chloride, and dibasic sodium phosphate dehydrate; and
    • the vaccine stability enhancing substance one or more selected from acetic acid, an acid stabilizer (tromethamine), and ethanol.


Use of Peptides
Example 118. Use for Immunotherapy (First Medical Use)

Use for immunotherapy of a peptide unit of any one of Examples 1 to 90, a peptide of any one of Examples 91 to 95, a nucleic acid of any one of Examples 96 to 106, and/or a pharmaceutical composition of any one of Examples 107 to 109 and Examples 113 to Example 117.


Example 119. Use for Obesity Treatment (First Medical Use)

Use for obesity treatment of a peptide unit of any one of Examples 1 to 90, a peptide of any one of Examples 91 to 95, a nucleic acid of any one of Examples 96 to 106, and/or a pharmaceutical composition of any one of Examples 107 to 109 and Examples 113 to Example 117.


Example 120. Use for Preparation of Immunotherapeutics (Second Medical Use)

Use for preparation of immunotherapeutics of a peptide unit of any one of Examples 1 to 90, a peptide of any one of Examples 91 to 95, a nucleic acid of any one of Examples 96 to 106, and/or a pharmaceutical composition of any one of Examples 107 to 109 and Examples 113 to Example 117.


Example 121. Use for Preparation of Therapeutics for Obesity Treatment (Second Medical

Use)


Use for preparation of therapeutics for obesity treatment of a peptide unit of any one of Examples 1 to 90, a peptide of any one of Examples 91 to 95, a nucleic acid of any one of Examples 96 to 106, and/or a pharmaceutical composition of any one of Examples 107 to 109 and Examples 113 to Example 117.


Treatment Methods Using Peptides
Example 122. Immunotherapy Using Peptides





    • an immunotherapy including the following:

    • administering a peptide unit of any one of Examples 1 to 90, a peptide of any one of Examples 91 to 95, a nucleic acid of any one of Examples 96 to 106, and/or a pharmaceutical composition of any one of Examples 107 to 109 and Examples 113 to Example 117 into the body of a subject.





Example 123. Methods for Obesity Treatment Using Peptides

Methods for obesity treatment using the following:

    • administering a peptide unit of any one of Examples 1 to 90, a peptide of any one of Examples 91 to 95, a nucleic acid of any one of Examples 96 to 106, and/or a pharmaceutical composition of any one of Examples 107 to 109 and Examples 113 to Example 117 into the body of a subject.


      Sequences Similar to Peptide Units and/or Peptides


Example 124. Sequences Similar to Peptide Units

A peptide unit which has a sequence that matches 80% or more, 81% or more, 82% or more, 83% or more, 84% or more, 85% or more, 86% or more, 87% or more, 88% or more, 89% or more, 90% or more, 91% or more, 92% or more, 93% or more, 94% or more, 95% or more, 96% or more, 97% or more, 98% or more, 99% or more, or 100% or more, with any one peptide unit of Examples 1 to 90.


Example 125. Sequences Similar to Peptides

A peptide which has a sequence that matches 80% or more, 81% or more, 82% or more, 83% or more, 84% or more, 85% or more, 86% or more, 87% or more, 88% or more, 89% or more, 90% or more, 91% or more, 92% or more, 93% or more, 94% or more, 95% or more, 96% or more, 97% or more, 98% or more, 99% or more, or 100% or more, with any one peptide unit of Examples 91 to 95.


Peptide as a Test Subject
Example 126. Limitation on Peptide Sequence

Peptide having the amino acid sequence of











(SEQ ID NO: 161)



RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAACR,








    • wherein the a is D-form alanine, the (Cha) is L-cyclohexylalanine, and the Z is 6-zminohexanoic acid.





Example 127. Peptides Having Similar Sequences to Peptide of Example 126

Peptides having amino acid sequences identical to, same as, matching, and/or equivalent to the amino acid sequence of RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAACR (SEQ ID NO: 161) by about 50% or more, about 51% or more, about 52% or more, about 53% or more, about 54% or more, about 55% or more, about 56% or more, about 57% or more, about 58% or more, about 59% or more, about 60% or more, about 61% or more, about 62% or more, about 63% or more, about 64% or more, about 65% or more, about 66% or more, about 67% or more, about 68% or more, about 69% or more, about 70% or more, about 71% or more, about 72% or more, about 73% or more, about 74% or more, about 75% or more, about 76% or more, about 77% or more, about 78% or more, about 79% or more, about 80% or more, about 81% or more, about 82% or more, about 83% or more, about 84% or more, about 85% or more, about 86% or more, about 87% or more, about 88% or more, about 89% or more, about 90% or more, about 91% or more, about 92% or more, about 93% or more, about 94% or more, about 95% or more, about 96% or more, about 97% or more, about 98% or more, or about 99% or more,

    • wherein the “a” is D-form alanine, the (Cha) is L-cyclohexylalanine, and the Z is 6-aminohexanoic acid.


Example 128, Peptide Different Only in Th Epitope

Peptide having the amino acid sequence represented by following:

    • [B cell epitope]-[Th epitope]-[Auxiliary part],
    • wherein the B cell epitope has the amino acid sequence of RNVPPIFNDVYWIAF (SEQ ID NO: 6),
    • the Th epitope has an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of K(Cha)VAAWTLKAA (SEQ ID NO: 1), PKYVKQNTLKLAT (SEQ ID NO: 2), ILMQYIKANSKFIGI (SEQ ID NO: 3), QSIALSSLMVAQAIP (SEQ ID NO: 4), ILMQYIKANSKFIGIPMGLPQSIALSSLMVAQ (SEQ ID NO: 5), PLGFFPDHQL (SEQ ID NO: 162), WPEANQVGAGAFGPGF (SEQ ID NO: 163), MQWNSTALHQALQDP (SEQ ID NO: 164), MQWNSTTFHQTLQDPRVRGLYFPAGG (SEQ ID NO: 165), FFLLTRILTI (SEQ ID NO: 166), FFLLTRILTIPQSLD (SEQ ID NO: 167), TSLNFLGGTTVCLGQ (SEQ ID NO: 168). QSPTSNHSPTSCPPIC (SEQ ID NO: 169), IIFLFILLLCLIFLLVLLD (SEQ ID NO: 170), CTTPAQGNSMFPSC (SEQ ID NO: 171), CTKPTDGN (SEQ ID NO: 172), WASVRFSW (SEQ ID NO: 173), LLPIFFCLW (SEQ ID NO: 174), MDIDPYKEFGATVELLSFLP (SEQ ID NO: 175), FLPSDFFPSV (SEQ ID NO: 176), RDLLDTASALYREALESPEH (SEQ ID NO: 177), PHHTALRQAILCWGELMTLA (SEQ ID NO: 178), GRETVIEYLVSFGVW (SEQ ID NO: 179), EYLVSFGVWIRTPPA (SEQ ID NO: 180), VSFGVWIRTPPAYRPPNAPI (SEQ ID NO: 181), TVVRRRGRSP (SEQ ID NO: 182), VGPLTVNEKRRLKLI (SEQ ID NO: 183), RHYLHTLWKAGILYK (SEQ ID NO: 184), ESRLVVDFSQFSRGN (SEQ ID NO: 185), LQSLTNLLSSNLSWL (SEQ ID NO: 186), SSNLSWLSLDVSAAF (SEQ ID NO: 187), LHLYSHPIILGFRKI (SEQ ID NO: 188), KQCFRKLPVNRPIDW (SEQ ID NO: 189), LCQVFADATPTGWGL (SEQ ID NO: 190), AANWILRGTSFVYVP (SEQ ID NO: 191), and EIRLKVFVLGGCRHK (SEQ ID NO: 192),
    • wherein the Auxiliary part has the amino acid sequence of CR (Cys Arg),
    • the a is D-form alanine, the (Cha) is L-cyclohexylalanine, and the Z is 6-aminohexanoic acid.


Example 129. Pharmaceutical Composition Including Peptide

A pharmaceutical composition comprising:

    • a peptide of any one of Examples 126 to 128; and
    • an adjuvant and/or an immunostimulant.


Example 130. Pharmaceutical Composition Including Peptide, Limitation on Adjuvant

In Example 129, the adjuvant is water, saline, dextrose, ethanol, glycerol, sodium chloride, dextrose, mannitol, sorbitol, lactose, gelatin, albumin, aluminum hydroxide, Freund's Incomplete Adjuvant and Complete Adjuvant (Pifco Laboratories, Detroit, Mich.), a Merck antigen adjuvant 65 (Merck and Company, Inc., Rahway, NJ.), alhydrogel (Al(OH)3), aluminum hydroxide gel (alum), or aluminum salts such as aluminum phosphate or aluminum sulfate, AS04 series, MF, squalene, MF59, QS21, calcium, iron or zinc salts, insoluble suspensions of acylated tyrosine, acylated fructose, cationically or anionically derived polysaccharides, polyphosphazenes, biodegradable microspheres, Quil A, toll-like receptor (TLR) agonists, PHAD [Avanti polar lipid, Monophosphoryl Lipid A (synthetic)], monophosphoryl lipid A (MPL, monophosphoryl Lipid A), synthetic lipid A, lipid A mimics or analogues, aluminum salts, cytokines, saponins, prolactin, growth hormone deoxycholic acid, betaglucan, polyribonucleotides, muramyl dipeptide (MDP) derivatives, CpG oligos, gram-negative bacterial lipopolysaccharide (LPS), poly phosphazene, emulsions, virosome, cochleate, poly(lactide-co-glycolide) (PLG) microparticles, poloxamer particles, microparticles, liposomes, or appropriate combinations thereof.


Example 131. Adjuvant Selection

In Example 130, the adjuvant is a combination of alum and PHAD.


Example 132. Pharmaceutical Composition for Obesity Treatment

In any one of Examples 129 to 131, the pharmaceutical composition is for obesity treatment.


Example 133. Use of Peptide for Obesity Treatment

Use for obesity treatment of a peptide of any one of Examples 126 to 128; or the pharmaceutical composition of any one of Examples 129 to 131.


Example 134. Method for Treating Obesity Using Peptide

A method for treating an obesity, the method comprising:

    • administering, injecting, introducing, and/or delivering the peptide of any one of Examples 127 and 128; or the pharmaceutical composition of any one of Examples 129 to 132 into an overweight or obese patient.


EXPERIMENTAL EXAMPLES

Hereinafter, the invention provided by the present specification will be described in more detail through Experimental Examples and Examples. These Examples are only for the purpose of illustrating the contents disclosed by the present specification, and it will be apparent to those skilled in the art that the scope of the contents disclosed by the present specification is not to be construed as being limited by these Examples.


Experimental Example 1. Experimental Method
Experimental Example 1.1. Preparation of Peptides

This peptide was obtained by requesting a peptide synthesis company (Anygen, Korea, Gwangju City). The peptide of the present invention can be synthesized using conventionally known techniques (e.g., liquid peptide synthesis, solid phase peptide synthesis, convergent of small peptide fragments, etc.), and the synthesis method is not limited. For example, the OTP3 peptide of the present invention can be synthesized using the convergent method of small peptide fragments, in which sites of a long-chain peptide to which a coupling can easily be made are virtually cleaved and various parts are prepared based on this, and then combined with one another to thereby finally synthesize a desired peptide. The above convergent method has limitations in that specific amino acids must exist within the peptide sequence, and thus, the peptide may also be effectively synthesized by a combinatory peptide synthesis method, where the solution phase synthesis method and the solid phase peptide synthesis method are appropriately combined.


Experimental Example 1.2. Confirmation of Prepared Peptide 1—Analysis of Purity

The purity of the peptide prepared in Experimental Example 1.1 was measured by performing HPLC analysis (Shimadzu HPLC LabSolutions) using a C-18 reversed-phase column (SHIMADZU C18 analytical column). As for the analysis conditions, the sample was separated and developed into an aqueous solution of 0.05% trifluoroacetate (TFA) and 0.05% TFA acetotrile solution at 60° C., and then the purity was confirmed by measuring the peak absorbance at a wavelength of 230 nm.


Experimental Example 1.3. Confirmation of Prepared Peptide 2—Analysis of Molecular Weight

The molecular weight of the peptide prepared in Experimental Example 1.1 was analyzed with a mass spectrometer (AXIMA Assurance, MALDI-TOF, Shimadzu).


Experimental Example 1.4. Confirmation of Prepared Peptide 2—Analysis of Quantification

The peptide prepared in Experimental Example 1.1 was quantified by measuring the UV extinction coefficient (Ultrospec 3000 Pro UV/VIS spectrophotometer, Pharmacia). Specifically, the quantification was performed using the extinction coefficient at 280 nm.


Experimental Example 1.5. Preparation of Composition for In Vivo Administration

A composition for in vivo administration was prepared by mixing the peptide prepared in Experimental Example 1.1, alhydrogel (Al(OH)3, manufactured by InvivoGe, Inc.), and PHAD (manufactured by Avanti). The specific process is as follows.


(1) The prepared peptide powder was dissolved in 100% dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) to obtain a concentration of 100 mg/L.


(2) PBS was added to the peptide-DMSO solution of(1) and mixed to prepare the peptide at a concentration of 50 mg/mL.


(3) PHAD was dissolved in 100% DMSO to a concentration of 10 mg/mL, and then diluted with distilled water to a concentration of 1 mg/mL.


(4) An alhydrogel adjuvant (Invivogen. USA) and the PHAD solution were added to the mixture of (2). The concentration of the mixed composition was 50 μg for the peptide, 10 μg for the PHAD, and 10% (v/v) for the Alhydrogel adjuvant, per 100 μL, which is the amount for one dose.


(5) After well mixing the mixture of (4), the resultant was reacted overnight while stirring with a rotator in a low temperature room (4° C.).


(6) For DSMO washing, the reactants of (5) were centrifuged at 1,400 rpm for 15 minutes, and the supernatant except for about 1 mL above the pellet was removed. Thereafter, 10 mL of PBS was added thereto and mixed.


(7) The washing process of (6) was repeated 3 times.


(8) After the final washing process, PBS was added thereto so as to adjust the final concentration of the composition. In particular, the peptide concentration was 50 μg/100 μL (in particular, 30 μg/100 μL in Example 4), the PHAD concentration was 10 μg/100 μL, and the hydrogel adjuvant concentration was 10% (v/v).


(9) The amount of peptide adsorbed to the aluminum gel was measured according to the method described in Experimental Example 1.3. As a result, it was confirmed that the adsorption rate was 95% or more and the peptide was used in the experiment.


Experimental Example 1.6. Preparation of Test Subject

In order to test the effect of the composition for in vivo administration prepared in Experimental Example 1.5, C57BL/6, Balbc and/or ICR species were used as experimental mice (purchased from Central Lab Animal Inc.). Although there were some differences in species, the mice purchased were 7-week-old on average and they were acclimatized for one week, and were used for experiments when they were 8 weeks of age. Experimental mice were reared under the conditions of a constant temperature and humidity environment within the temperature range of 23±1° C., relative humidity of 50±5%, and an environment controlled as 12-hour light room/12 hour dark room. Drinking water and food were provided ad libitum. In the case of a normal diet (purchased from Central Lab Animal Inc.), it consisted of 20% protein, 70% carbohydrate, and 10% fat based on total calories, whereas in the case of an obesity-inducing diet (purchased from Research diets), it consisted of a high-fat diet including 20% protein, 20% carbohydrate, and 60% fat based on total calories. Experimental mice were divided into each group to have different dietary conditions and composition administration conditions, and experiments were performed with the number of individuals that could be statistically processed for each experimental group. Detailed conditions are as disclosed in each specific experimental example.


Experimental Example 1.7. Administration of Composition Including Peptide to Test Subject

For a test subject prepared in Experimental Example 1.6, different compositions were administered for each experimental group. All administration compositions were administered by an intramuscular injection method, and after disinfecting muscles of both thighs of each mouse with an alcohol swab, 50 μL each with a total amount of 100 μL was injected.


Experimental Example 1.8. Confirmation of Effect of Composition for In Vivo Administration 1—Weight Measurement

In order to confirm the weight loss effect on a test subject of the composition administered in the body according to Experimental Example 1.7, body weight and organ weight of the mice were measured for each experimental group. From the time of arrival to the end of the experiment for each experimental group of mice, the average was calculated after measuring three times per week to obtain the average weight value for each week. After completion of the experiment, each mouse was anesthetized, organs were dissected, and weights were measured, and the average was obtained for each experimental group.


Experimental Example 1.9. Confirmation of Effect of Composition for In Vivo Administration 2—Confirmation of Antibody Titer

In order to determine whether the composition for in vivo administration administered in Experimental Example 1.7 induced an antibody against the B-cell epitope, a method for confirming the antibody titer using the target antigen is as follows. In particular, the target antigen is RNVPPIFNDVYWIAF (SEQ ID NO; 6) or ApoB100. The time to confirm the antibody titer may vary as needed, and the time was specifically described for each experimental example.


1. Process of Antigen Coating Reaction


1-1) For each injection of a composition for in vivo administration into a test subject, collect about 200 μL of blood from the subject's tail vein one week after the injection.


1-2) After placing the collected blood at 4° C. for one hour, perform centrifugation of the blood sample at 14,000 rpm for 10 minutes to separate the serum, which is the supernatant.


1-3) Dilute the target antigen to a concentration of 50 μg/100 μL in coating buffer (0.05 M, bicarbonate, pH 9.6) and add the antigen to a 96-well plate in an amount of 50 μg per well, and allow them to react overnight at 4° C. so that the peptide is coated on the wall of the well.


1-4) Wash the target antigen-coated plate three times using 300 μL of phosphate buffered saline (PBS)-T (0.05% with Tween-20) per well.


2. Process of Blocking Reaction


2-1) Add 300 μL of a 0.5% casein blocking solution per well in the plate, and allow to react overnight at 4° C.


2-2) Wash the plate three times with 300 μL of PBS-T per well.


3. Process of Primary Antibody Reaction


3-1) As the primary antibody reaction, dilute the separated serum to an appropriate concentration, add it in an amount of 100 μL per well, and allow to react at 37° C. for one hour. In particular, after the initial injection, subject the serum to serial dilution by diluting the same to 1/20 to 1/1,000 in the experiment, and 1/500 to 1/10,000 depending on the subject during the experiment after the second to third injections. As a positive control, use a monoclonal antibody against the peptide of SEQ ID NO: 6 after purification.


3-2) After the reaction of 3-1, wash the plate three times with 300 μL of PBS-T per well.


4. Process of Secondary Antibody Reaction


4-1) As a secondary antibody reaction, add 100 μL of horseradish peroxidase (HRP) conjugated to anti-mouse IgG antibody recognizing a mouse antibody per well, and allow them to react at 37° C. for one hour.


4-2) After the reaction of 4-1), wash the plate three times with 300 μL of PBS-T per well.


5. Process of Confirming Color Development and Absorbance


5-1) Add 100 μL of a o-phenylenediamine dihydrochloride (OPD) solution per well, and allow to react at 37° C. for 10 minutes, and measure the absorbance at OD 450 nm (Synergy HT microplate reader, BioTek).


Obtain the antibody titer in serum by converting the extinction coefficient, which is measured based on 1 mg/mL concentration of the monoclonal antibody against the target antibody as a positive control.


Experimental Example 1.10, Confirmation of Effect of Composition for In Vivo Administration 3—Confirmation of Blood Lipid Concentration

The experimental method for confirming the effect of the composition for in vivo administration administered in Experimental Example 1.7 on the blood lipid concentration of a test subject is as follows:


(1) One week after the administration of each composition, collect about 200 μL of blood from a subject's tail vein.


(2) Measurement of blood triglyceride (TG) concentration: Triglyzyme-V (Shinyak Chemical Co., Ltd.) was used. i) After mixing 4 μL of the blood sample and 300 μL of a color developing reagent, the mixture was reacted at 37° C. for 5 minutes. ii) For the red quinone produced, the absorbance was measured at 505 nm, and the concentration was calculated by comparing with that of the reference solution.


(3) Measurement of total cholesterol concentration in blood: Cholestezyme-V (Shinyak Chemical Co., Ltd.) was used. i) After mixing 4 μL of the blood sample and 300 μL of a color developing reagent, the mixture was reacted at 37° C. for 5 minutes. ii) For the red quinone produced, the absorbance was measured at 505 nm, and the concentration was calculated by comparing with that of the reference solution.


(4) Measurement of high density lipoprotein (HDL) concentration in blood: HDL-C555 (Shinyak Chemical Co., Ltd.) was used. i) After mixing 10 μL of the blood sample and 10 μL of a precipitation reagent, the mixture was allowed to react at room temperature for at least 10 minutes. ii) The reactants were centrifuged at 300 rpm or greater, and the supernatant was separated. iii) After mixing 4 μL of the supernatant and 300 μL of a color developing reagent, the mixture was reacted at 37° C. for 5 minutes. iv) For the above reaction, the absorbance was measured at 555 nm and the concentration was calculated by comparing with that of the reference solution.


(5) Measurement of low density lipoprotein (LDL) concentration in blood. i) The reaction was performed using the Direct LDL Cholesterol detection kit (Randox). ii) After the reaction of Step 2, for the quinone produced, the absorbance was measured at 600 nm, and the concentration was calculated by comparing with that of the reference solution.


Experimental Example 1.11, Confirmation of Effect of Composition for In Vivo Administration 4—Confirmation of Lipolysis Ability and Comparison of Size of Adipocytes

The method for confirming the effect of the composition for in vivo administration administered in Experimental Example 1.7 on the ability of degrading adipocytes and the size of adipocytes of a test subject by Hormon sensitive lipase (HSL) is as follows:


1. Separation of Adipocytes


1-1) Cut an epididymal fat pad with scissors, add 4 mL per 1 g of KRB buffer including 2% FBS, 2 mM glucose, and 1 mg/mL collagenase, shake and allow them to react at 37° C. for one hour while shaking.


1-2) After the reaction is complete, pass the resultant through a 300 μm nylon mesh to filter out adipose tissue residues and adipose tissue, and then pass the filtrate again through a 40 μm nylon mesh to separate adipocytes and macrophages.


1-3) Wash the adipocytes filtered in 1-2) by adding DMEM with 10% FBS and 1% AA, and remove the liquid in the lower layer with a syringe to obtain adipocytes from which collagenase has been removed.


2. Comparison of Lipolysis Ability


2-1) Seed the adipocytes obtained in 1-3) in a 48-well plate at 1.0×105 cells/well, and add a total of 1 mL of DMEM (10% FBS, 1% AA) thereto for culturing under 37° C. 5% C02 for two hours.


2-2) For the wells to induce HSL activity, add norepinephrine to a final concentration of 10−5 M.


2-3) After the reaction is complete, allow 100 μL of the supernatant of each well to react with 100 μL of a free glycerol reagent, and measure the absorbance at 540 nm.


3. Observation of Size of Adipocytes


3-1) Seed the adipocytes obtained in 1-3) in a 48 well plate at 1.0×105 cells/mL per well, treat with 10 μM of DAPI, allow them to react for two hours, and observe under a microscope.


3-2) In order to confirm whether DAPI-stained cells are adipocytes, stain lipids and nuclei together and observe. In particular, treat the cells with 10 μM of DAPI and 1:1,000 of HCS LipidTOX and allow them to react for 24 hours, and then observe under a microscope.


Experimental Example 2. Confirmation of Peptide Effect 1
Experimental Example 2.1. Preparation of Peptides and Experiments Thereof

After preparing peptides according to [Table 1] according to Experimental Example 1.1, the peptides prepared were confirmed according to Experimental Examples 1.2 to 1.4. A composition for in vivo administration including the peptides according to [Table 1] was prepared, according to Experimental Example 1.5.









TABLE 1







Peptides used in Experimental Example 2 and compo-


sition for in vivo administration including the


same











SEQ




ID


Label
Peptide sequence
NO





Example. 1
RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZ
56





Example. 2
ZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZRNVPPIFNDVYWIAF
57









The test subject shown in [Table 2] was prepared according to Experimental Example 1.6.









TABLE 2







Test subject used in Experimental Example 2











Label
Species
Diet
Composition
n





Group 1-1
C57BL/6J, male
~13 weeks: normal diet
Example. 1
6




after 13 weeks: high-fat






diet




Group 1-2
C57BL/6J, male
~13 weeks: normal diet
Example. 2
6




after 13 weeks: high-fat






diet









According to Experimental Example 1.7, the composition for in vivo administration was administered to the test subject. In particular, the administration cycle was as follows: 7 weeks, 9 weeks, 12 weeks, 15 weeks, and 18 weeks of age.


Experimental Example 2.2. Confirmation of Experimental Results

In order to confirm the experimental results of Experimental Example 2.1, the weight of the test subject was measured for each experimental group disclosed in [Table 2] according to Experimental Example 1.8.


The experimental results are shown in FIGS. 1 to 3.


Experimental Example 3, Confirmation of Peptide Effect 2
Experimental Example 3.1. Peptide Preparation and Experiment Thereof

After preparing the peptides according to [Table 3] according to Experimental Example 1.1, the peptides prepared were confirmed according to Experimental Examples 1.2 to 1.4. A composition for in vivo administration including the peptides according to [Table 3] according to Experimental Example 1.5 was prepared.









TABLE 3







Peptides used in Experimental Example 3 and compo-


sition for in vivo administration including the


same











SEQ




ID


Label
Peptide sequence
NO





Example.
RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAa
108


3
ZCRFRGLISLSQVYLS









The test subject shown in [Table 4] was prepared according to Experimental Example 1.6.









TABLE 4







Test subject used in Experimental Example 3











Label
Species
Diet
Composition
n





Lean
C57BL/6J, male
~10 weeks: normal diet
PBS-Alum
12




after 10 weeks: high-fat






diet




Obesity
C57BL/6J, male
~10 weeks: normal diet
PBS-Alum
12




after 10 weeks: high-fat






diet




Mock
C57BL/6J, male
~10 weeks: normal diet
Alum-PHAD/
12




after 10 weeks: high-fat
PBS





diet




Group 2-1
C57BL/6J, male
~10 weeks: normal diet
Example. 3
12


(3H-OTP)

after 10 weeks: high-fat






diet









In particular, Lean denotes a control group with normal weight, Obese denotes an obesity group induced by high-fat diet, and Mock denotes a group administered with placebo (the same hereinafter).


According to Experimental Example 1.7, the composition for in vivo administration was administered to the test subject. In particular, the administration cycle was as follows: 8 weeks, 10 weeks, 12 weeks, and 14 weeks of age.


Experimental Example 3.2, Confirmation of Experimental Results

In order to confirm the experimental results of Experimental Example 3.1, the following experiments were performed in a test subject for each experimental group disclosed in [Table 4].


(1) According to Experimental Example 1.8, the weight of a test subject for each experimental group was measured.


(2) According to Experimental Example 1.9, the antibody titers observed in a test subject for each experimental group were confirmed.


(3) According to Experimental Example 1.10, the blood lipid concentration of a test subject for each experimental group was measured.


(4) According to Experimental Example 1.11, the lipolysis ability of a test subject for each experimental group was confirmed, and the size of adipocytes was observed.


The experimental results are shown in FIGS. 4 to 9.


Experimental Example 4. Confirmation of Peptide Effect 3
Experimental Example 4.1. Peptide Preparation and Experiment Thereof

After preparing the peptides according to [Table 5] according to Experimental Example 1.1, the peptides prepared were confirmed according to Experimental Examples 1.2 to 1.4. A composition for in vivo administration including the peptides according to [Table 5] according to Experimental Example 1.5 was prepared.









TABLE 5







Peptides used in Experimental Example 4 and compo-


sition for in vivo administration including the


same











SEQ




ID


Label
Peptide sequence
NO





Example.
RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAa
108


3
ZCRFRGLISLSQVYLS






Example.
RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAa
108


4
ZCRFRGLISLSQVYLS









In particular, in Example 4, the final peptide concentration was 30 μg/100 μL.


The test subject shown in [Table 6] was prepared according to Experimental Example 1.6.









TABLE 6







Test subject used in Experimental Example 4











Label
Species
Diet
Composition
n





Lean
C57BL/6J, male
~11 weeks: normal diet
PBS-Alum
8




after 11 weeks: high-fat






diet




Obesity
C57BL/6J, male
~11 weeks: normal diet
PBS-Alum
9




after 11 weeks: high-fat






diet




Mock
C57BL/6J, male
~11 weeks: normal diet
Alum-PHAD/
9




after 11 weeks: high-fat
PBS





diet




Group 3-1
C57BL/6J, male
~11 weeks: normal diet
Example. 3
8


(3H-OTP

after 11 weeks: high-fat




50 ug)

diet




Group 3-2
C57BL/6J, male
~11 weeks: normal diet
Example. 4
8


(3H-OTP

after 11 weeks: high-fat




30 ug)

diet









According to Experimental Example 1.7, the composition for in vivo administration was administered to the test subject. In particular, the administration cycle was as follows: 8 weeks, 11 weeks, 14 weeks, 17 weeks, and 20 weeks of age.


Experimental Example 4.2. Confirmation of Experimental Results

In order to confirm the experimental results of Experimental Example 4.1, the following experiments were performed in a test subject for each experimental group disclosed in [Table 6].


(1) According to Experimental Example 1.8, the weight of a test subject for each experimental group was measured.


(2) According to Experimental Example 1.9, the antibody titers observed in a test subject for each experimental group were confirmed.


The experimental results are shown in FIGS. 10 and 11.


Experimental Example 5, Confirmation of Peptide Effect 4
Experimental Example 5.1. Peptide Preparation and Experiment Thereof

After preparing the peptides according to [Table 7] according to Experimental Example 1.1, the peptides prepared were confirmed according to Experimental Examples 1.2 to 1.4. A composition for in vivo administration including the peptides according to [Table 7] according to Experimental Example 1.5 was prepared.









TABLE 7







Peptides used in Experimental Example 5 and compo-


sition for in vivo administration including the


same











SEQ




ID


Label
Peptide sequence
NO





Example.
RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAa
108


3
ZCRFRGLISLSQVYLS









The test subject shown in [Table 8] was prepared according to Experimental Example 1.6.









TABLE 8







Test subject used in Experimental Example 5











Label
Species
Diet
Composition
n





Lean
C57BL/6J, male
normal diet
PBS-Alum
10


Obesity
C57BL/6J, male
~5 weeks: normal diet
PBS-Alum
10




after 5 weeks: high-fat diet




Group 4-1
C57BL/6J, male
~5 weeks: normal diet
Example. 3
10


(3H-OTP)

after 5 weeks: high-fat diet









According to Experimental Example 1.7, the composition for in vivo administration was administered to the test subject. In particular, the administration cycle was as follows: 11 weeks, 13 weeks, 15 weeks, and 17 weeks of age.


Experimental Example 5.2. Confirmation of Experimental Results

In order to confirm the experimental results of Experimental Example 5.1, the weight of the test subject was measured for each experimental group disclosed in [Table 8] according to Experimental Example 1.8.


The experimental results are shown in FIG. 12.


Experimental Example 6. Confirmation of Peptide Effect 5
Experimental Example 6.1. Peptide Preparation and Experiment Thereof

After preparing the peptides according to [Table 9] according to Experimental Example 1.1, the peptides prepared were confirmed according to Experimental Examples 1.2 to 1.4. A composition for in vivo administration including the peptides according to [Table 9] according to Experimental Example 1.5 was prepared.









TABLE 9







Peptides used in Experimental Example 6 and compo-


sition for in vivo administration including the


same











SEQ




ID


Label
Peptide sequence
NO





Example.
RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAa
108


3
ZCRFRGLISLSQVYLS









The test subject shown in [Table 10] was prepared according to Experimental Example 1.6.









TABLE 10







Test subject used in Experimental Example 6











Label
Species
Diet
Composition
n





Lean
C57BL/6J-
normal diet
PBS-Alum
Female: 3



Rag2em1hwl/






Korl,






female/male






Wild(+/+)





Group 5-1
C57BL/6J-
~10 weeks: normal
PBS-Alum
Female: 4


(Wild(+/+))
Rag2em1hwl/
diet

Male: 3



Korl,
after 10 weeks:





female/male
high-fat diet





Wild(+/+)





Group 5-2
C57BL/6J-
~10 weeks: normal
Example. 3
Female: 3


(Hetero(+/−))
Rag2em1hwl/
diet

Male: 3



Korl,
after 10 weeks:





female/male
high-fat diet





Hetero(+/−)





Group 5-3
C57BL/6J-
~10 weeks: normal
Example. 3
Female: 3


(Homo(−/−))
Rag2em1hwl/
diet

Male: 1



Korl,
after 10 weeks:





female/male
high-fat diet





Homo(−/−)





* The C57BL/6J-Rag2em1hwl/Korl mouse is a mouse in which the Rag2 gene, which is a gene involved in the antibody producing ability in a C57BL/6J mouse, is knocked out.


** Wild (+/+) refers to a wild-type mouse in which no gene is mutated, Hetero (+/−) refers to a heterozygote mouse, and Homo (−/−) refers to a homozygote mouse.


*** Homo (−/−) mouse does not have the ability to produce antibodies in the body.






According to Experimental Example 1.7, the composition for in vivo administration was administered to the test subject. In particular, the administration cycle was as follows: 8 weeks, 10 weeks, 12 weeks, and 14 weeks of age.


Experimental Example 6.2. Confirmation of Experimental Results

In order to confirm the experimental results of Experimental Example 6.1, the weight of the test subject was measured for each experimental group disclosed in [Table 10] according to Experimental Example 1.8.


The experimental results are shown in FIG. 13.


Experimental Example 7. Confirmation of Peptide Effect 6
Experimental Example 7.1. Peptide Preparation and Experiment Thereof

After preparing the peptides according to [Table 11] according to Experimental Example 1.1, the peptides prepared were confirmed according to Experimental Examples 1.2 to 1.4. A composition for in vivo administration including the peptides according to [Table 11] according to Experimental Example 1.5 was prepared.









TABLE 11







Peptides used in Experimental Example 7 and compo-


sition for in vivo administration including the


same











SEQ




ID


Label
Peptide sequence
NO












Example.
RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAa
108


5
ZCRFRGLISLSQVYLS






Example.
RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAa
68


6
ZGSHHHHHHGSDDDDK






Example.
GSHHHHHHGSDDDDKZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAa
69


7
ZRNVPPIFNDVYWIAF






Example.
KTTKQSFDLSVKAQYKKNKHZaK(Cha)VAAWT
114


8
LKAAaZCRFRGLISLSQVYLS






Example.
RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFCRFRGLISLSQVYLSZaK
84


9
(Cha)VAAWTLKAAaZ






Example.
RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFZPKYVKQNTLKLATZCRF
121


10
RGLISLSQVYLS






Example.
RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAa
56


11
Z






Example.
RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFK(Cha)VAAWTLKAA
62


12







Example.
RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAHHH
67


13
HHH









The test subject shown in [Table 12] was prepared according to Experimental Example 1.6.









TABLE 12







Test subject used in Experimental Example 7











Label
Species
Diet
Composition
n














Lean
C57BL/6J, male
~10 weeks: normal diet
PBS-Alum
8




after 10 weeks: high-fat






diet




Obese
C57BL/6J, male
~10 weeks: normal diet
PBS-Alum
12




after 10 weeks: high-fat






diet




Group 6-1
C57BL/6J, male
~10 weeks: normal diet
Example. 5
12


(P1)

after 10 weeks: high-fat






diet




Group 6-2
C57BL/6J, male
~10 weeks: normal diet
Example. 6
8


(P2)

after 10 weeks: high-fat






diet




Group 6-3
C57BL/6J, male
~10 weeks: normal diet
Example. 7
8


(P3)

after 10 weeks: high-fat






diet




Group 6-4
C57BL/6J, male
~10 weeks: normal diet
Example. 8
8


(P4)

after 10 weeks: high-fat






diet




Group 6-5
C57BL/6J, male
~10 weeks: normal diet
Example. 9
4


(P5)

after 10 weeks: high-fat






diet




Group 6-6
C57BL/6J, male
~10 weeks: normal diet
Example. 10
8


(P6)

after 10 weeks: high-fat






diet




Group 6-7
C57BL/6J, male
~10 weeks: normal diet
Example. 11
8


(P7)

after 10 weeks: high-fat






diet




Group 6-8
C57BL/6J, male
~10 weeks: normal diet
Example. 12
8


(P8)

after 10 weeks: high-fat






diet




Group 6-9
C57BL/6J, male
~10 weeks: normal diet
Example. 13
8


(P9)

after 10 weeks: high-fat






diet









According to Experimental Example 1.7, the composition for in vivo administration was administered to the test subject. In particular, the administration cycle was as follows: 8 weeks, 10 weeks, 12 weeks, and 14 weeks of age.


Experimental Example 7.2, Confirmation of Experimental Results

In order to confirm the experimental results of Experimental Example 7.1, the following experiments were performed in a test subject for each experimental group disclosed in [Table 12].


(1) According to Experimental Example 1.8, the weight of a test subject for each experimental group was measured.


(2) According to Experimental Example 1.9, the antibody titers observed in a test subject for each experimental group at 11 weeks, 16 weeks, and 19 weeks were confirmed. In particular, the target antigen was determined using RNVPPIFNDVYWIAF (SEQ ID NO: 6).


The experimental results are shown in FIGS. 14 to 25.


As a result of the experiment, all of the experimental groups 6-1 (P1) to experimental groups 6-9 (P9) showed a distinct weight loss effect compared to the control group (Obese), which were fed with a high-fat diet.


The results of the antibody titer test according to the experimental group can be interpreted as follows:


Since no antigen was administered to the control groups (i.e., Lean and Obese), antibody titers were not shown.


In consideration of the experimental design, in the experimental groups, the antibody titers to SEQ ID NO: 6 included in the peptides used were mainly confirmed. Although antibody titers to sequences other than SEQ ID NO: 6 included in the peptides used were not separately confirmed, the weight loss effect due to a humoral immunity by these was confirmed together.


Specific results will be described below.


In the case of Experimental Group 6-1 (P1), there were individuals showing a large antibody titer depending on the individual, and there were also individuals which showed no antibody titer. These results can be interpreted as follows: for some individuals of the experimental group 6-1 (P1), a humoral immunity to RNVPPIFNDVYWIAF (SEQ ID NO: 6) included in Example 6 was induced, thus showing both the weight loss effect and antibody titer observed; and although for some individuals, a humoral immunity to CRFRGLISLSQVYLS (SEQ ID NO: 7) included in Example 6 was induced, resulting in weight loss, the antigen used in the Enzyme-Linked Immunosorbent Assay (ELISA) consisted only of RNVPPIFNDVYWIAF (SEQ ID NO: 6) and there was no other antigen (i.e., the antigen of SEQ ID NO: 7), therefore, the antibody titer according to the above experiment was not observed even in the presence of the antibody.


In the case of experimental group 6-2 (P2), the antibody titer to RNVPPIFNDVYWIAF (SEQ ID NO: 6) included in Example 7 was observed, and the weight loss effect appeared, it can be interpreted that the B-cell epitope included in the peptide of Example 7 well induced a humoral immunity thereto.


In the case of experimental group 6-3 (P3), the antibody titer to RNVPPIFNDVYWIAF (SEQ ID NO: 6) included in Example 8 was observed, and the weight loss effect appeared, it can be interpreted that that the B-cell epitope included in the peptide of Example 8 well induced a humoral immunity thereto.


In the case of experimental group 6-4 (P4), it can be interpreted that a humoral immunity to KTTKQSFDLSVKAQYKKNKH (SEQ ID NO: 8) and/or CRFRGLISLSQVYLS (SEQ ID NO: 7) included in Example 9 was induced, thus antibody titers against RNVPPIFNDVYWIAF (SEQ ID NO: 6) were not shown, while there was a weight loss effect.


These results can be interpreted that for some individuals of the experimental group 6-5 (P5), a humoral immunity was induced against RNVPPIFNDVYWIAF (SEQ ID NO: 6) included in Example 10, such that both a weight loss effect and an antibody titer are observed, for the other individuals of the experimental group 6-5 (P5), a humoral immunity was induced against CRFRGLISLSQVYLS (SEQ ID NO: 7) included in Example 10, such that a weight loss effect is observed, but the antibody titer according to the above experiment was not observed.


In the case of experimental group 6-7 (P7), although there were some differences between individuals, antibodies to RNVPPIFNDVYWIAF (SEQ ID NO: 6) was observed and the weight loss effect appeared, therefore, it can be interpreted that the B-cell epitope included in the peptide of Example 11 well induced a humoral immunity.


In the case of experimental group 6-8 (P8), since the antibody titer against RNVPPIFNDVYWIAF (SEQ ID NO: 6) included in Example 12 was shown, and the weight loss effect was shown, it can be interpreted that the B-cell epitope included in the peptide of Example 12 well induced a humoral immunity.


In the case of experimental group 6-9 (P9), there were some differences between individuals. However, since the antibody against RNVPPIFNDVYWIAF (SEQ ID NO: 6) was observed and the weight loss effect appeared, it can be interpreted that the B-cell epitope included in the peptide of Example 13 well induced a humoral immunity.


Experimental Example 8. Confirmation of Peptide Effect 7
Experimental Example 8.1. Peptide Preparation and Experiment Thereof

After preparing the peptides according to [Table 13] according to Experimental Example 1.1, the peptides prepared are confirmed according to Experimental Examples 1.2 to 1.4. A composition for in vivo administration including the peptides according to [Table 13] according to Experimental Example 1.5 are prepared.









TABLE 13







Peptides used in Experimental Example 8 and compo-


sition for in vivo administration including the


same











SEQ




ID


Label
Peptide sequence
NO





Example.
RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAa
108


5
SZCRFRGLISLQVYLS






Example.
RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAAC
160


14
RFRGLISLSQVYLS






Example.
RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAACR
161


15









The test subject shown in [Table 14] is prepared according to Experimental Example 1.6.









TABLE 14







Test subject used in Experimental Example 8











Label
Species
Diet
Composition
n





Lean
C57BL/6J, male
~10 weeks: normal diet
PBS-Alum
8




after 10 weeks: high-fat






diet




Obese
C57BL/6J, male
~10 weeks: normal diet
PBS-Alum
8




after 10 weeks: high-fat






diet




Group 7-1
C57BL/6J, male
~10 weeks: normal diet
Example. 5
8




after 10 weeks: high-fat






diet




Group 7-2
C57BL/6J, male
~10 weeks: normal diet
Example. 14
8




after 10 weeks: high-fat






diet




Group 7-3
C57BL/6J, male
~10 weeks: normal diet
Example. 15
8




after 10 weeks: high-fat






diet









According to Experimental Example 1.7, the composition for in vivo administration is administered to the test subject. In particular, the administration cycle, administration timing, and frequency of administration may be appropriately modified according to the experimental design. For example, the composition may be administered four times at intervals of two weeks for a test subject of 8 weeks of age, but is not limited thereto.


The above experimental method may be appropriately modified as necessary.


Experimental Example 8.2. Confirmation of Experimental Results

In order to confirm the experimental results of Experimental Example 8.1, the following experiments are performed in a test subject for each experimental group disclosed in [Table 14].


(1) According to Experimental Example 1.8, the weight of a test subject for each experimental group is measured.


(2) According to Experimental Example 1.9, the antibody titers observing in a test subject for each experimental group are confirmed.


(3) According to Experimental Example 1.10, the blood lipid concentration of a test subject for each experimental group is measured.


(4) According to Experimental Example 1.11, the lipolysis ability of a test subject in each experimental group is confirmed and the size of adipocytes is observed.


Experimental Example 9. Confirmation of Peptide Effect 8
Experimental Example 9.1. Peptide Preparation and Experiment Thereof

According to Experimental Example 1.1, a peptide represented by one or more sequences selected from the group consisting of the following is prepared: SEQ ID NOS: 56 to 158, SEQ ID NOS: 160 to 161, and SEQ ID NOS: 198 to 220.


The peptides prepared are confirmed according to Experimental Examples 1.2 to 1.4. According to Experimental Example 1.5, a composition for in vivo administration including the peptides prepared is prepared.


In particular, the peptide may be prepared by selecting only some sequences from the sequence groups above, and repeated experiments may be performed with multiple combinations as needed.


The test subject for the peptides prepared is prepared according to Experimental Example 1.6. In particular, examples of the control groups and the experimental groups to be used are as shown in [Table 15], and each experimental group is determined with reference to the conditions of Experimental Example 1.6 and [Table 15].









TABLE 15







Test subject used in Experimental Example 9











Label
Species
Diet
Composition
n





Lean
C57BL/6J, male
~10 weeks: normal diet
PBS-Alum
8




after 10 weeks: high-fat






diet




Obese
C57BL/6J, male
~10 weeks: normal diet
PBS-Alum
8




after 10 weeks: high-fat






diet




Experimental
C57BL/6J, male
~10 weeks: normal diet
One of the
8


group

after 10 weeks: high-fat
prepared





diet
Example in






Experimental






example 9.1









In particular, the experimental groups are prepared as many as the number of the prepared peptides prepared.


According to Experimental Example 1.7, the composition for in vivo administration is administered to the test subject. In particular, the administration cycle, administration timing, and frequency of administration may be appropriately modified according to the experimental design. For example, the composition may be administered four times at intervals of two weeks for a test subject of 8 weeks of age, but is not limited thereto.


The above experimental method may be appropriately modified as necessary.


Experimental Example 9.2. Confirmation of Experimental Results

In order to confirm the experimental results of Experimental Example 9.1, the following experiments are performed in a test subject for each experimental group.


(1) According to Experimental Example 1.8, the weight of a test subject for each experimental group is measured.


(2) According to Experimental Example 1.9, the antibody titers observing in a test subject for each experimental group are confirmed.


(3) According to Experimental Example 1.10, the blood lipid concentration of a test subject for each experimental group is measured.


(4) According to Experimental Example 1.11, the lipolysis ability of a test subject in each experimental group was confirmed and the size of adipocytes is observed.


Experimental Example 10, Confirmation of Peptide Effect 9
Experimental Example 10.1. Peptide Preparation and Experiment Thereof

After preparing the peptides according to Examples 81 to 90 in the paragraph of “Possible Examples of the Invention” according to Experimental Example 1.1, the peptides prepared are confirmed according to Experimental Examples 1.2 to 1.4. According to Experimental Example 1.5, a composition for in vivo administration including the peptides prepared is prepared.


In particular, only parts of the peptides according to Examples 81 to 90 of the paragraph of “Possible Examples of the Invention” may be selected and prepared, and experiments on multiple combinations may be repeated as needed.


The test subject for the peptide prepared is prepared according to Experimental Example 1.6. In particular, the control groups and experimental groups to be used are determined with reference to the conditions of Experimental Example 1.6 and [Table 15].


According to Experimental Example 1.7, the composition for in vivo administration is administered to the test subject. In particular, the administration cycle, administration timing, and frequency of administration may be appropriately modified according to the experimental design. For example, the composition may be administered four times at intervals of two weeks for a test subject of 8 weeks of age, but is not limited thereto.


The above experimental method may be appropriately modified as necessary.


Experimental Example 10.2. Confirmation of Experimental Results

In order to confirm the experimental results of Experimental Example 10.1, the following experiments are performed in a test subject for each experimental group.


(1) According to Experimental Example 1.8, the weight of a test subject for each experimental group is measured.


(2) According to Experimental Example 1.9, the antibody titers observing in a test subject for each experimental group are confirmed.


(3) According to Experimental Example 1.10, the blood lipid concentration of a test subject for each experimental group is measured.


(4) According to Experimental Example 1.11, the lipolysis ability of a test subject in each experimental group is confirmed and the size of adipocytes is observed.


Experimental Example 11. Experiment of Anti-obesity Effect of Peptide 10
Experimental Example 11.1. Analysis of Peptide Synthesis and Preparation Results

An amino acid sequence of the peptide used in Experimental Example 11 (hereinafter referred to as “Example 11.1”) is as follows:

    • RNVPPIFNDVYWIAFZaK(Cha)VAAWTLKAACR (SEQ ID NO: 161).
    • wherein the a is D-form alanine, the (Cha) is L-cyclohexylalanine, and the Z is 6-aminohexanoic acid.


This peptide of Experimental Example 11.1 was obtained by requesting a peptide synthesis company (AmbioPharm, Inc.) to prepare the same. The results of peptide preparation are described below in [Table 16].









TABLE 16







Results of peptide preparation








Properties
Result





Appearance
White Powder


Identification
3485.9 Da


by Monoisotopic



Mass



Purity by HPLC
97%









Related Substances
RT
% Area


(from HPLC result)
11.520
0.043%



11.859
0.714%



12.492
0.509%



13.780
0.210%



14.097
0.643%



14.213
0.332%



14.751
0.211%



14.920
0.034%



15.318
0.015%



16.527
0.307%



16.791
0.236%









Experimental Example 11.2. Preparation of Composition for In Vivo Administration

A composition for in vivo administration was prepared with the peptide prepared in Experimental Example 11.1 and referring to Experimental Example 1.5. The final concentration of the composition for in vivo administration was 50 μg/100 μl based on mass of Example 11.1. The specific composition ratio of the in vivo administration is identified in the following table:









TABLE 17







Substances included in the composition for in vivo


administration and composition ratio













Example 11.1

















peptide
2% Alum
PHAD

Total














Mg
mL
mg
mL
mg
mL
PBS
Volume





10.9
10
20
2
2
2
6
20









Experimental Example 11.3. Preparation of Test Subject

Experimental animals are C57BL/6J male mice of 6 weeks of age (JAX Japan, Orient Bio). After bringing the mice in the cages, a normal diet (3.41 kcal/g, Regular chow, PicoLab Rodent Diet 20, #5053, LabDiet, USA) and water were sufficiently fed thereto: temperature and humidity were maintained at 22±2° C. 50±10%; 12-hour darkness (dark: PM 7:00 to AM 7:00) was automatically adjusted, which was applied to individual cages. After one-week application from the bring-in, a normal diet group was divided on the basis of body weight, and the diet for all the remaining subjects was replaced with a high-fat diet (60% kcal of fat, Research diet, D12492, USA), and DIO (Diet-induced obesity) induction started. An application to administer a hypodermic injection was performed in all the subjects one week prior to composition administration, and the subjects were divided into an intramuscular injection group and a hypodermic injection group based on body weight and body fat one day before the administration. Clinical signs (activity, mutation, bleeding, injury, malformation, skin, hair quality, ocular abnormality, etc.) were monitored once a day (upon monitoring at afternoon). Breeding and animal evaluation on all experimental animals were performed by the Experimental Animal Center in Lee Gil Ya Center and Diabetes Institute, Gacheon University, and they are bred in individual cages (IVC Rack System, 13×34×14 cm) in compliance with AAALAC (Association for Assessment and Accreditation of Laboratory Animal Care International) (Animal Experiment Approval No: LCDI-2021-0178).


Experimental Example 11.4. Administering Composition Including Peptide to Test Subject

The composition for in vivo administration prepared in Experimental Example 11.2 was administered to the experimental subjects prepared in Experimental Example 11.3. Specific experimental groups, including control groups, and administration conditions are described below in [Table 18].









TABLE 18







Information on experimental groups and composition administration
















Concentration
Mouse



Duration


Group
Drug
(ug/Head)
#
Diet
Interval
Route
(weeks)





Normal
Saline

10
Regular
1/2
IM
7






Chow
Weeks




Con (−)
Saline

10
60%
1/2
IM
7






High
Weeks








Fat









Diet









(HFD)





Case 1
Vehicle

10
60%
1/2
IM
7



(Alum-


HFD
Weeks





gel +









PHAD)








Case 2
Example
50
10
60%
1/2
IM
7



11.1


HFD
Weeks




Case 3
Example
50
10
60%
1/Week
IM
7



11.1


HFD





Con
Semaglutide
0.42 mpk
10
60%
1/2
SC
7


(+)



HFD
Weeks









Wegovy (2.4 mg/0.75 mL) was used as a positive control group (Con(+)).


The administration route and period are as follows:

    • Administration route: Intramuscular injection using a 1 mL insulin syringe (BD230320, 29G); and hypodermic injection in the case of positive control group;
    • Administration period: Administration started from the mice of 16 weeks of age. The administration was continued for seven weeks at the respective intervals indicated above in [Table 16].


Experimental Example 11.5. Method for Anti-obesity Effect Confirmation of Peptide 1—Evaluating Body Weight and Food Intake

With respect to the experimental group to which the peptide was administered under the conditions disclosed in Experimental Example 11.4, body weight and food intake were evaluated in the following manner:


With starting the administration, body weight (FX-2000i, A&D company, 0.01-2200 g) and food intake (CSG201F, OHAUS, 0.1 g-200 g) were measured twice a week. Weight gain (g) was calculated on the basis of a difference between the body weight at the starting date of the administration and the body weight at one day before six weeks passes after the administration, and weight gain rate (%, Change in BW from baseline) was calculated by comparing the weight gain rate according to the administration at one day before six weeks pass after the administration, with the negative control group (Con(−)). The food intake (g) was calculated by dividing a difference between the amount of food fed twice a week and the residual amount by the daily food intake by each subject, and caloric intake (kcal) was calculated by reflecting metabolizable energy values (kcal/gm) of normal diet and high-fat diet on the calculated daily food intake (g) (normal diet=3.02 kcal/gm, high-fat diet=5.24 kcal/gm). Average caloric intake (kcal/day) was calculated by an average value of daily caloric intake (kcal), and accumulated caloric intake (kcal) was calculated by adding accumulated daily caloric intake (kcal).


Experimental Example 11.6, Method for Anti-Obesity Effect Confirmation of Peptide 2—Measuring Whole Body Fat Mass and Lean Body Mass

With respect to the experimental group to which the peptide was administered under the conditions disclosed in Experimental Example 11.4, whole body fat mass and lean body mass were measured in the following manner:


The whole body fat mass was measured by using Mini-spec(LF-90II, Bruker Optics GmbH) at 2:00 pm upon dividing the groups and six weeks after the administration. The Mini-spec equipment is an NMR analyzer measuring 1H, which measures the whole body fat mass and the lean body mass (LBM) without passing through 2D or 3D fast Fourier transformation (FFT), by using a difference of spin-spin relaxation time between water and fat from free induction decay (FID) data which is a time-domain signal, the whole body fat mass were measured without in-vivo anesthesia within five minutes.


Experimental Example 11.7. Result of Anti-Obesity Effect Confirmation of Peptide 1—Change in Body Weight

To obtain an anti-obesity effect of peptide according to Experimental Example 11.5, the results in which change in body weight was measured are disclosed in FIGS. 26 to 29.


Upon setting up an experimental group of the mice used for evaluation, the body weight (g) of the normal control group (Normal) started at average 26.7±0.29 and that of the DIO inducing group started at 35.0±0.35.


With respect to the body weight (g) six weeks after the administration, the body weight of the normal control group was 28.9±0.39, that of the negative control group (Con(−)) was 45.1±1.20; the body weight of the negative control group was increased. The body weights of Case 1, Case 2, Case 3, and the positive control group (Con(+)) were 41.7±1.33, 38.6±1.31, 34.3±066, and 36.2±1.70, respectively, showing a significant reduction in body weight compared to the negative control group.


With respect to the weight gain (g) compared to initial weight six weeks after the administration, the weight gain (g) of the normal control group was 2.2±0.19, the negative control group was 10.2±0.55, Case 1 was 6.6±0.70, Case 2 was 3.4±0.72, Case 3 was −0.65±0.52, and the positive control group was 1.1±1.24, Case 2 and Case 3 showed a statistically significant reduction in body weight compared to the negative control group and Case 1, and showed no statistical difference from the positive control group. Even compared to Case 2, Case 3 showed a statistically significant reduction in body weight.


With respect to the weight gain rate (%) compared to initial weight six weeks after the administration and compared to the negative control group, the weight gain rate (%) of the normal control group was 21.1±0.70, that of Case 1 was 10.5±1.87, that of Case 2 was 19.8±1.92, that of Case 3 was 31.0±1.46, and that of the positive control group was 26.4±3.35. Like the weight gain (g), Case 2 and Case 3 showed a statistically significant reduction in body weight compared to the negative control group, and showed no statistical difference from the positive control group.


Case 3 to which the composition was administered once a week showed a statistically significant reduction in body weight compared to Case 2 to which the composition was administered once two weeks.


Comparing the weight reduction patterns between Case 3 and the positive control group, the positive control group showed a pattern that reduction and increase in body weight were repeated within one week, whereas Case 3 showed a pattern that the body weight was continually reduced.


Experimental Example 11.8, Result of Anti-Obesity Effect Confirmation of Peptide 2—Changes in Whole Body Fat Mass and Lean Body Mass

To obtain an anti-obesity effect of peptide according to Experimental Example 11.6, the results in which changes in the whole body fat mass and the lean body mass were measured are disclosed in FIGS. 30 to 32.


Upon setting up an experimental group of the mice used for evaluation, the whole body fat mass of the normal control group started at 3.6±0.09 and that of the DIO mice group started at average 11.8±0.26.


With respect to the whole body fat mass (g) on six weeks after the administration, the whole body fat mass (g) of the normal control group was 4.4±0.18, that of the negative control group was 18.0±0.82, that of Case 1 was 15.0±1.03, that of Case 2 was 12.3±1.00, that of Case 3 was 8.5±0.54, and that of the positive control group was 10.1±1.52. In this regard, Case 2 and Case 3 showed a statistically significant reduction in body fat mass compared to the negative control group and Case 1, and showed no statistical difference from the positive control group. Case 3 and Case 2 showed no statistical difference between them.


With respect to the lean body mass (g) measured simultaneously with the whole body fat mass, Case 2 and Case 3 had no statistical difference from the positive control group, the negative control group, and Case 1 six weeks after the administration. However, the positive control group showed a statistically significant reduction in the lean body mass compared to all the groups including the normal control group. Case 2 and Case 3 showed no a statistical difference between them.


In terms of the amount of fat tissue (mg, epididymis fat and retroperitoneal fat) extracted from the mice fasting for 16 hours on 7 weeks after the administration, Case 2 showed no statistical difference from the negative control group and Case 1. However, Case 3 showed a significant reduction in epididymis fat tissue compared to the negative control group and Case 1, and showed no statistical difference from the positive control group. Case 2 and Case 3 had no statistical difference between them.


Among anti-obesity effectiveness indicators, weight gain (g) compared to initial weight, weight gain rate (%) compared to body weight/negative control group, and food intake were significantly reduced in Case 2 (Q2W) and Case 3 (Q1W) compared to the negative control group. Without change in lean body mass, the body fat was also reduced compared to the negative control group. In particular, Case 3 (Q1W) showed weight gain (g) compared to initial weight, weight gain rate (%) compared to body weight/negative control group, and body fat, similar to those of the positive control group (Q1W), and the positive control group (Q1W) showed a significant reduction in lean body mass but Case 3 (Q1W) showed no reduction in lean body mass.


As a result, the peptide (Case 2 or Case 3) of Example 11 was effective in reduction of body weight and body fat compared to the negative control group.


Experimental Example 12, Toxicity Evaluation of Peptide
Experimental Example 12.1. Preparation of Peptide to be Used for Toxicity Evaluation

The peptide of Example 11.1 according to Experimental Example 11 was prepared and used for toxicity evaluation.


Experimental Example 12.2. Preparation of Composition for In Vivo Administration

With the peptide according to Experimental Example 12.1, a composition for in-vivo administration was prepared referring to Experimental Example 1.4. The final concentration of the composition for in-vivo administration was 0.25 mg/0.5 mL, based on the mass of Example 11.1.


Experimental Example 12.3 Preparation of Test Subject

Animals to be used for the experiment are as follows.









TABLE 18





Information on the experimental animals


















Species
Rat (Specific Pathogen Free)



Strain/Substrain
Sprague-Dawley/Crl:CD (SD)



Number of receipt
44 animals (22 males and 22




females)



Number of study
40 animals (20 males and 20




females)



Age range at receipt
Approximately 6 weeks



Age range on study
Approximately 7-8 weeks



Body weight range
Within ±20% mean body weight




at the initiation of dosing



Source
Orient Bio Inc.



Method of identification
Color marking, Tail tattoo,




Cage card










With respect to the above-identified experiment animals, five animals at maximum by a group were received in a stainless steel cage (255W×465L×200H mm) hung for the application period, and 3 animals at maximum by each cage were used in the experiment.


The breeding environment of experimental animals is as follows:









TABLE 19







Breeding environment of experimental animals








Parameter
Range





Temperature
23 ± 3° C.


Humidity
30~70%


Light cycle
12 hrs light/12 hrs dark


Light intensity
150-300lux


Air changes
 10-20 times/hr


Cleaning
Animal room and cage cleaning



was performed according to



SOP









Experimental Example 12.4. Administering Composition Including Peptide to Test Subject

The composition for in vivo administration prepared in Experimental Example 12.2 was administered to the test subject prepared in Experimental Example 12.3. Specific experimental groups including control groups and administration conditions are indicated below in [Table 20].









TABLE 20







Information on Experimental groups and composition

















Dose Level



Test

# of
Dose Volume
(mg


Group
Item
Sex
animals
(mL/animal)
peptide/animal)





G1
Negative
Male
5
0.4
0



Control
Female
5




G2
Vehicle
Male
5
0.4
0



(Alum-
Female
5





gel +







PHAD)







Control






G3
Example
Male
5
0.2
0.1



11.1
Female
5





(Low







dose)






G4

Male
5
0.4
0.2



Example
Female
5





11.1







(High







dose)









The composition for in-vivo administration (including control group) was administered only one time within the experiment period, and the composition was injected into the femoral muscle of left and right hind legs by use of a 1 ml syringe (26G).


Experimental Example 12.5. Method for Toxicity Evaluation of Peptide 1—Evaluation within the Experiment Period

Toxicity of the peptide was measured and evaluated in terms of four items: 1) fatality and prevalence, 2) general clinical signs, 3) injection site symptom, and 4) body weight for 15 days after administering the composition according to Experimental Example 12.4.


Specific evaluation methods are as follows:

    • 1) Fatality and prevalence: Death of subjects and disease of subjects were observed twice a day within the period;
    • 2) General clinical signs. Clinical signs including change in general appearance and activity were observed. In the case of animals which were determined to be abnormal, veterinarians additionally determined them. On the administration day of the composition, they were observed prior to the administration, and 0.5 hour, 1 hour, 2 hours, and 4 hours after the administration, and thereafter were observed once a day in the experiment period.
    • 3)Injection site symptom: With respect to the administration site of the composition, changes in bleeding symptom, stimulus, discoloration, etc. were observed with the naked eye. They were observed once a day after administering the composition.
    • 4) Body weight: The body weight was measured immediately before the administration of the composition, 2 days, 4 days, 8 days, and 15 days after the administration, and immediately before sacrificing the animals after the experiment ended.


Experimental Example 12.6. Method for Toxicity Evaluation of Peptide 2—Evaluation after the Experiment Period Ended

During the experiment, experiments about all the animals having disease or abnormal physical signs, etc., animals in critical condition, and dead animals were terminated at the researchers' discretion. After the expiry of the experiment period, all the animals were killed by euthanasia by use of CO2, and autopsy thereon was performed.


After the end of the experiment, the animals were evaluated through autopsy as follows:


1) It was inspected as to whether sacrificed animals show any abnormality on the external body, abdomen, thoracic cavity, and cranial cavity, and organs thereof were extracted for inspection.


2) Appropriate fixing solution was fixed by use of any organ showing abnormality with the naked eye, and was stained with hematoxylin and eosin, thereby taking a detailed biopsy.


3) With respect to the injection site, morphological degeneration, discoloration, and size of the injection site, etc. were inspected with the naked eye.


4) Injection sites were taken and stained with hematoxylin and eosin, and it was inspected by a microscope whether or not there is cellular infiltration, sphacelism, edema, etc.


Experimental Example 12.7. Result of Toxicity Evaluation

Results of toxicity evaluation according to Experimental Examples 12.1 to 12.6 are as follows:


1) There were no animals dead, having signs of physical abnormalities, or in clinical conditions within the experiment period.


2) There were no animals showing abnormal signs within the experiment period.


3) As a result of autopsy after the end of the experiment, there were no noticeable abnormal signs in abdominal cavity, cranial cavity, and thoracic cavity, and there was also no abnormal legion.


4) The following signs were observed with respect to two subjects (Subject 1 and Subject 2):


Subject 1 (Male, G4): Minimal and dark red discoloration was partially generated on the right muscular injection site.


Subject 2 (Female. G2): Increase of minimum size was observed at right nodi lymphatic popliteales.


5) Weight measurement results of male and female subjects were indicated below in [Table 21] and [Table 22]:









TABLE 21







Weight measurement result of male subject













Group
Day 1
Day 2
Day 4
Day 8
Day 15
TBW

















G1
(n)
5
5
5
5
5
5



Mean
297.4
305.9
321.7
352.4
396.9
391.3



Sdevs
15.24
14.99
17.36
23.90
33.82
33.79


G2
(n)
5
5
5
5
5
5



Mean
291.6
298.9
316.8
345.1
387.4
381.9



Sdevs
15.04
14.09
17.83
27.24
41.84
41.29


G3
(n)
5
5
5
5
5
5



Mean
297.3
303.8
318.8
349.5
389.8
384.4



Sdevs
7.70
6.57
4.21
4.71
5.66
4.58


G4
(n)
5
5
5
5
5
5



Mean
291.8
296.0
313.7
345.1
395.8
389.8



Sdevs
16.82
18.11
18.62
25.56
38.76
37.73
















TABLE 22







Weight measurement result of female subject













Group
Day 1
Day 2
Day 4
Day 8
Day 15
TBW

















G1
(n)
5
5
5
5
5
5



Mean
199.6
202.6
204.6
218.2
239.0
235.7



Sdevs
13.01
11.15
17.04
22.13
22.23
21.57


G2
(n)
5
5
5
5
5
5



Mean
197.8
199.1
208.6
222.5
244.1
242.3



Sdevs
15.60
14.40
13.57
14.86
18.54
18.74


G3
(n)
5
5
5
5
5
5



Mean
199.0
202.5
210.4
224.7
243.4
243.6



Sdevs
13.44
13.58
20.50
23.83
24.51
21.78


G4
(n)
5
5
5
5
5
5



Mean
200.8
206.0
213.8
225.8
239.0
238.6



Sdevs
17.82
17.52
18.63
21.57
16.58
17.31









As a result of toxicity evaluation, there was statistically insignificant local response in partial subjects, but it was determined that all of the peptide and the vaccine compositions comprising the peptide have no toxicity.


Taken together, the peptide of Example 11.1 did not show any particular toxicity in the rat single toxicity experiment.


INDUSTRIAL APPLICABILITY

A peptide unit, a peptide, and/or a nucleic acid encoding the same provided herein can be used to prepare an immunotherapeutic, particularly an agent for treating obesity, and the immunotherapeutic may show a therapeutic effect by generating an intended humoral immunity when administered into the body of a subject.

Claims
  • 1. A method for treating an obesity comprising administering therapeutically effective amount of a peptide into a subject, wherein the peptide has an amino acid sequence of,
Priority Claims (3)
Number Date Country Kind
10-2020-0091031 Jul 2020 KR national
10-2020-0091032 Jul 2020 KR national
10-2020-0091033 Jul 2020 KR national
CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS

This application is a continuation-in-part of U.S. application Ser. No. 17/639,547 filed on Mar. 1, 2022, which is a national-stage filing under 35 U.S.C. § 371 of PCT Application No. PCT/KR2021/009453, filed on Jul. 21, 2021, which claims the benefit of priority to Korean Application 10-2020-0091031, filed on Jul. 22, 2020; Korean Application 10-2020-0091032, filed on Jul. 22, 2020; and Korean Application 10-2020-0091033, filed on Jul. 22, 2020. The entire contents of each of said applications are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.

Continuation in Parts (1)
Number Date Country
Parent 17639547 Mar 2022 US
Child 18242653 US